Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan"

Transcription

1 New Gullen Range Windfarm Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan New Gullen Range Windfarm Pty Ltd Final Report December The business of sustainability

2 Approved by: Timothy Simpson Position: Project Manager Signed: Date: 21 December, 2016 Approved by: Murray Curtis Position: Partner Signed: New Gullen Range Windfarm Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan New Gullen Range Windfarm Pty Ltd Date: 21 December, 2016 Environmental Resources Management Australia Pty Ltd Final Report December This disclaimer, together with any limitations specified in the report, apply to use of this report. This report was prepared in accordance with the contracted scope of services for the specific purpose stated and subject to the applicable cost, time and other constraints. In preparing this report, ERM relied on: (a) client/third party information which was not verified by ERM except to the extent required by the scope of services, and ERM does not accept responsibility for omissions or inaccuracies in the client/third party information; and (b) information taken at or under the particular times and conditions specified, and ERM does not accept responsibility for any subsequent changes. This report has been prepared solely for use by, and is confidential to, the client and ERM accepts no responsibility for its use by other persons. This report is subject to copyright protection and the copyright owner reserves its rights. This report does not constitute legal advice.

3 CONTENTS ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1 BACKGROUND 1.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES PROJECT STATUTORY CONTEXT REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMP STRUCTURE AND APPROACH TO THIS DEMP 8 2 PROJECT DECOMISSIONING ACTIVITIES 2.1 WIND TURBINE GENERATORS WTG FOUNDATIONS WTG BLADES EARLY DECOMMISSIONING INDIVIDUAL WTGS HARDSTAND AREAS ACCESS ROADS RETAINED ACCESS ROADS REMOVED ACCESS ROADS ELECTRICAL SUBSTATION KV ELECTRICAL RETICULATION NETWORK OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE FACILITY TRANSPORT OF REMOVED INFRASTRUCTURE APPROVED DECOMMISSIONING WORKING HOURS TIMING 15 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 3.1 NGRWF PTY LTD PROJECT ENVIRONMENT POLICY NGRWF MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATIVE TRAINING, AWARENESS AND COMPETENCE PROJECT INDUCTION PRE-START MEETINGS AND ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING DECOMMISSIONING WORKS MANAGEMENT EWMS PREPARATION PROCESS AREAS TO BE ADDRESSED BY EWMS EWMS CONTENT ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING INTERNAL REPORTING STATUTORY NOTIFICATIONS UNDER THE PROJECT APPROVAL COMMUNITY NEW GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM COMMUNITY CONSULTATIVE COMMITTEE (CCC) 28 4 DEMP IMPLEMENTATION 4.1 DEMP OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS DECOMMISSIONING RISK ANALYSIS 31

4 CONTENTS 4.3 INCIDENT AND EMERGENCIES MANAGEMENT INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION COMPLAINTS HANDLING 35 5 MONITORING, AUDIT AND REVIEW 5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE AUDITING INTERNAL AUDITS EXTERNAL INDEPENDENT AUDITS COMPLIANCE TRACKING NON-CONFORMANCE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS DEMP REVIEW 39 6 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE ISSUES MANAGEMENT 6.1 DECOMMISSIONING COMPOUND AND ANCILLARY FACILITIES MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY DCAFMP UPDATES PRIOR TO DECOMMISSIONING NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY CNMP UPDATES PRIOR TO DECOMMISSIONING TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY CTMP UPDATES PRIOR TO DECOMMISSIONING SOIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY HERITAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY FLORA AND FAUNA MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY FFMP UPDATES PRIOR TO DECOMMISSIONING BUSHFIRE RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN BRMP UPDATES PRIOR TO DECOMMISSIONING AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DANGEROUS GOODS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES WASTE MANAGEMENT SITE REHABILITATION PLAN OBJECTIVES OF SITE REHABILITATION REHABILITATION PROCESS LANDHOLDER CONSULTATION AREAS REQUIRING REHABILITATION MAINTAINING REHABILITATED AREA INCLUDING WEED CONTROL 59

5 CONTENTS LIST OF ANNEXURES ANNEX A ANNEX B ANNEX C ANNEX D ANNEX E ANNEX F ANNEX G ANNEX H ANNEX I ANNEX J MINISTER S CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL (MCOA) NGRWF ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY CONSTRUCTION NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN CONSTRUCTION FLORA AND FAUNA MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT RISK ANALYSIS MATRIX GRWF COMPLAINTS HANDLING PROCEDURE SOIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ABORIGINAL HERITAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN BUSHFIRE RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN

6 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Acronyms Definitions DCAFMP Decommissioning Compound Ancillary Facilities Management Plan DEMP Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan DFFMP Decommissioning Flora and Fauna Management Plan DHMP Decommissioning Heritage Management Plan DNVMP Decommissioning Noise and Vibration Management Plan DSWQMP Decommissioning Soil and Water Quality Management Plan DTAMP Decommissioning Traffic and Access Management Plan DG Director-General (Now Secretary) of DPE DPE NSW Department of Planning and Environment EA Environmental Assessment EPA NSW Environment Protection Authority EP&A Act NSW Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 EPBC Act Commonwealth s Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 EPD Engineering, Procurement and Decommissioning EPL Environment Protection Licence EPURON EPURON Pty Ltd ER Environmental Representative ESAMs Environmentally Sensitive Area Maps EWMS Environmental Work Method Statement GRWF Gullen Range Wind Farm GWA Goldwind Australia HSE Health, Safety and Environment km Kilometre kv Kilovolt LGA Local Government Area m Metre MCoA Ministers Condition of Approval NGRWF New Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd OEH NSW Office of Environment and Heritage OEMP Operational Environmental Management Plan PIRMP Pollution Incident Response Management Plan POEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 Project Gullen Range Wind Farm Proponent New Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd RMS Secretary Roads and Maritime Services Secretary of NSW Department of Planning and Environment SoC Statement of Commitments TMP Traffic Management Plan WCG The EPA Waste Classification Guidelines WMS Work Method Statement WTG Wind Turbine Generator Note Terms used in this DEMP are defined in accordance with the Definitions contained in the Project Approval. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA /FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 i

7 1 BACKGROUND The Gullen Range Wind Farm (GRWF) is a 73 turbine wind farm located on the Great Dividing Range in the Southern Tablelands of NSW. The wind farm site is located approximately 20km west of the town on Crookwell (population approx. 2,500) and 30km north west of the regional city of Goulburn (population approx. 23,000) (Figure 1.1, Figure 1.2 and Figure 1.3). The wind farm became operational in 2014 and will operate as approved until an appropriate time to begin the decommissioning phase is identified. The Gullen Range Wind Farm was originally proposed by Epuron, who took the project through the planning phase and to the award of the project approval in The project approval was later purchased by Gold Wind Capital (Australia) who started construction on the project in 2012 under the banner Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd. The Project was granted regulatory approval in 2009 under Project Approval 07_0118. This approval was subject to changes since the initial approval and is now subject a modified approval dated July These are attached at Annex A and are the regulatory basis of this document. The Gullen Range Wind Farm is currently owned by New Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd (NGRWF) whose shareholders are Beijing and Jingneng Clean Energy (Hong Kong) Co. (75%) and Goldwind Capital (Australia) Pty Ltd (25%). NGRWF replaced Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd as the proponent for the Project in NGRWF has subcontracted the initial 10 years of operation of the wind farm to Gold Wind Australia Pty Ltd (GWA). ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA /DRAFT/21 DECEMBER

8 Figure 1-1 Project Layout ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA /DRAFT/21 DECEMBER

9 Figure 1-2 Project Layout ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA /DRAFT/21 DECEMBER

10 Figure 1-3 Project Layout ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA /DRAFT/21 DECEMBER

11 1.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES The purpose of the Gullen Range Wind Farm (GRWF) Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan (DEMP) is to ensure environmental impacts, associated with the decommissioning 1 phase, are managed in accordance with statutory obligations and the Minister s Conditions of Approval (MCoA). This DEMP identifies the relevant environmental issues, risks, compliance requirements and environmental commitments for decommissioning of the GRWF project. Development and implementation of the DEMP aims to ensure environmental performance does not exceed the environmental impacts predicted in the Environmental Assessment (EA) or breach Project Approval requirements set out in the MCoA. The objectives of this DEMP are to: comply with requirements of Conditions 1.9, 1.10, 7.7 and 7.8 (and other relevant conditions), stipulated in the MCoA; clearly define environmental issues, risks associated with decommissioning and compliance requirements; provide succinct and simple information to decommissioning personnel, presented in a manner that is easy to understand and implement; provide practical and effective management measures for on-the-ground use, that are easily auditable; and minimise duplication of documents and information. In response to these objectives, the DEMP comprises four key components: 1. Preparing and implementing a strategic DEMP (this document), that provides background information, as well as strategic and broad environmental considerations for the project. This document is designed to remain relevant for the duration of decommissioning activities and includes procedures and processes for general environmental management during decommissioning. Adaptive management of change will be implemented as required throughout the decommissioning phase. 1 Decommissioning refers to the removal of project wind turbines and associated infrastructure once operations cease or other circumstances arise as described under the project approval (Approval Number dated 2015). ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

12 2. Provides guidance on required updates to DEMP sub-plans required under the MCoA, or which are required to manage potential impacts associated with decommissioning. Specifically for this DEMP, the MCoA requires specific Noise Management Plan (NMP), Traffic Management Plan (TMP), and Flora and Fauna Management Plan (FFMP). 3. Provides a framework for integrating activity-based environmental management controls into Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) for the Project. These are practical documents detailing steps and measures to guide on-ground processes including materials handling, waste management, stockpiling and water use. This DEMP and associated sub-plans function to ensure decommissioning activities will meet the goals of NGRWF Environmental Policy (Annex B). 1.2 PROJECT STATUTORY CONTEXT GRWF was considered a Major Project, as such, was assessed under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The EP&A Act integrates the planning and assessment regime that requires approval from the Minister for Planning and incorporates approvals and authorisations required under other NSW legislation. The NSW Minister for Planning approved the GRWF on the 26 June The Project was determined as not requiring approval under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). The EPBC Act provides for a Commonwealth assessment and approval of proposals that have a significant impact on matters of national environmental significance Requirements for DEMP The Minister s Conditions of Approval (MCoA) specifically relevant to the decommissioning of the GRWF are listed below, while all conditions relating to the content of the DEMP are provided at Annex A. Condition 7.7 of the MCoA states: The Proponent shall prepare and implement a Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan for the project in accordance with the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DUAP 2004), or its latest revision, by 30 June 2016 to be revised every three years thereafter, or as otherwise agreed by the Secretary. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

13 The plan must include: a) A description of all activities to be undertaken on the site during decommissioning including an indication of stages of decommissioning, where relevant; b) Statutory and other obligations that the Proponent is required to fulfil during decommissioning including all approvals, consultations and agreements required from authorities and other stakeholders, and key legislation and policies; c) Details of how the environmental performance of the decommissioning works will be monitored, and what actions will be taken to address identified adverse environmental impacts. In particular, the following environmental performance issues shall be addressed in the Plan; d) Measures to monitor and minimise soil erosion and the discharge of sediment and other pollutants to lands and/ or waters during construction activities, particularly during any construction works at or near drainage lines; e) Measures to monitor and manage dust emissions; f) A description of the roles and responsibilities for all relevant employees involved in the decommissioning of the project; g) Complaints handling procedures during decommissioning; and h) The Management Plans listed under condition 7.8 of this approval. MCoA Condition 7.8 requires that; As part of the DEMP required under condition 7.7 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement, but is not limited to, the management plans referred to in condition 7.3. For the purpose of this condition, all references to construction in condition 7.3 must be replaced with decommissioning. As a result, the following management plans (as required under MCoA 7.3) will be prepared to support this DEMP: 1. Noise Management Plan; 2. Traffic Management Plan; and 3. Flora and Fauna Management Plan. These Management plans developed for construction under MCoA 7.3 are attached at Annex s C, D and E (respectively) and will be updated prior to decommissioning. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

14 1.3 STRUCTURE AND APPROACH TO THIS DEMP This DEMP has been developed to align with the expectations of the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DUAP 2004), as required under MCoA 7.7. It is recognised that project decommissioning may not occur for many years into the future. As a result, this DEMP has been developed to take into account the following information, though recognising that changes are likely prior to commencement of full decommissioning: current industry practice with regards to environmental management and planning; current site environmental conditions and social surrounds; industry decommissioning practices; and NGRWF Pty Ltd management structure. As a result, this DEMP has been prepared in the knowledge that future updates will occur prior to the confirmation of decommissioning. As a result, sub-plans prepared to guide the projects construction have been attached to this DEMP in the knowledge that DEMP specific sub-plans will be prepared once decommissioning timing is confirmed This is considered to be the most practical approach as there are a significant number of uncertainties with regards to decommissioning (such as those listed previously). As required under MCoA 7.7, updates to this DEMP are to occur every three years. Future updates to the DEMP may also be required under MCoA 1.10 which required that: If any wind turbine is not used for the generation of electricity for a continuous period of 12 months, it shall be decommissioned by the Proponent, unless otherwise agreed by the Secretary. The Proponent shall keep independently-verified annual records of the use of wind turbines for electricity generation. Copies of these records shall be provided to the Secretary upon request. The relevant wind turbine and any associated infrastructure is to be dismantled and removed from the site by the Proponent within 24 months from the date that the wind turbine was last used to generate electricity. It is therefore expected that this DEMP and associated sub-plans would remain in their current format until updates occur under the requirements of the above conditions. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

15 The DEMP is structured as follows: Chapter 2 Provides guidance on likely decommissioning activities, based on current industry practice; Chapters 3 to 5 Describes the DEMP approach to implementation and structures and process to be established, this is based on current industry practice; Chapter 6 Provides guidance on the management of specific environmental aspects which may be affected during decommissioning activities. Chapter 6 also identifies updates to the management framework and relevant sub-plans prior to decommissioning; and DEMP Annex s Provide the construction sub-plans which will require update prior to decommissioning. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

16 2 PROJECT DECOMISSIONING ACTIVITIES In order to inform this DEMP the indicative decommissioning approach within the NSW Draft Wind Farm Guidelines (2011) has been utilised. The approach detailed within the Guidelines captures the decommissioning of primary components relevant to the decommissioning of the GRWF. The indicative approach to the decommissioning of these primary components is detailed below. The approach described within this DEMP, including the extent of decommissioning and any associated works will be re-visited and confirmed in detail during subsequent updates to the DEMP. 2.1 WIND TURBINE GENERATORS Each WTG will be de-energised and safely disconnected from the wind farm s internal reticulation network prior to its decommissioning. The rotor of each WTG will be locked into position according to the relevant turbine manufacturer s decommissioning instructions. Following the de-energising of the WTG, the components will be drained of all liquids (oils, lubricants, coolants etc.). The rotor, nacelle, internal step-up transformer and tower will be disassembled using a crane and other specialist heavy machinery and tools in accordance with the manufacturer s approved decommissioning instructions. The WTG components will be moved offsite in accordance with the Traffic Management Plan. Where feasible and applicable, the WTGs will be sold for further use at market price. If this cannot be achieved, waste material including all metal components will be sold, recycled or re-used. Those waste components that cannot be recovered (including liquid wastes) are to be appropriately classified prior to disposal. Classification guidelines include the NSW Government Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014 (POEO Regulations) last modified 22 September 2015 and NSW Environment Protection Authority Waste Classification Guidelines (WCG), November 2014 (Parts 1 to 4, as relevant) or an equivalent document/s and disposed of at a licensed waste facility. Guidance Note The WCG were developed by the EPA to help waste generators classify the wastes they produce. They are a systematic process for classifying waste following key principles that may apply when using WCG. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

17 The Guidelines are referenced within this DEMP to provide guidance on how waste will be indicatively managed during the decommissioning of the GRWF project. If the Guidelines are no longer relevant at the time of decommissioning, the DEMP will be amended prior to works commencing to reflect the most relevant legislation and guidance available. Decommissioning will be undertaken in accordance with the DEMP current at the time of decommissioning WTG Foundations WTG Blades It is anticipated that each WTG foundation will be left in situ and covered in clean fill material, with the area adequately graded to reflect the profile of the surrounding area and minimise the risk of soil erosion. Further details on the rehabilitation process for disturbed areas are provided in Section The WTG blades are constructed of carbon and fibreglass and consist of two airfoil shells bonded to a supporting beam. Currently, it is difficult to recycle the base materials used to construct the WTG blades. As such, the current approach is for WTG blades be resold for further use. If blades cannot be resold for utilisation elsewhere, the technology available at the time of decommissioning should be reviewed to assess if the carbon and fibreglass composites used to construct the blades can be recycled. If further investigation confirms that this cannot be achieved, the blades will be disposed of at a licensed waste facility Early Decommissioning Individual WTGs As per MCoA 1.10 any individual turbine that ceases operating for a period of more than 12 consecutive months will be required to be decommissioned. The wind turbine must be fully decommissioned within 24 months from the date that the wind turbine was last used to generate electricity. The approach described above in Section 2.1 will be adopted and modified (as required) to facilitate the dismantling and removal of an individual WTG. Any plan for an individual turbine will be consistent with the objectives of this DEMP. Where an individual turbine is removed during the operational life of the wind farm, the Proponent will undertake the dismantling and rehabilitation of the site in a manner that takes in to account any relevant provisions of the then current Operational Environmental Management Plan (OEMP). Works will be undertaken in a manner to ensuring operational activities in the vicinity of the decommissioning works remain compliant with the requirements of the OEMP. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

18 2.2 HARDSTAND AREAS Crane hardstands are present at all turbine bases at the GRWF. Crane hardstands have been constructed to consist of a flat area with an all-weather road base surface (e.g. crushed rock). Crane hardstands may be retained at the request of, or at the agreement with, private landholders within the footprint of the project. Where hardstands are to be decommissioned, road base materials will be removed from hardstands, and recycled where possible. If it is not feasible to recycle, the material will be appropriately classified in accordance with the POEO Regulations and WCG (or equivalent documents at the time of decommissioning) and either reused in accordance with a relevant resource recovery exemption or disposed of at a licensed waste facility. Clean fill material and topsoil will be used to backfill and revegetate the hardstand area as required. Prior to revegetating the area, the ground will be adequately graded to match the slope and contour of the surrounding land. Further details on the rehabilitation are provided in Section Ancillary structures such as drainage and sedimentation structures will be removed and disposed of accordingly. 2.3 ACCESS ROADS Retained Access Roads Access tracks are constructed of an all-weather material (crushed rock or similar). It is expected that a number of access tracks will be retained following decommissioning and rehabilitation of the land upon agreement with involved landholders. These tracks will be available for continued use by landowners to conduct their pastoral activities with greater efficiency and safety Removed Access Roads In the event that decommissioning of sections of access roads is required, road base materials will be removed from access roads, and recycled where possible. If it is not feasible to recycle, the material will be appropriately classified in accordance with the POEO Regulations and WCG (or equivalent documents at the time of decommissioning) and either reused in accordance with a relevant resource recovery exemption or disposed of at a licensed waste facility. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

19 Clean fill material and topsoil will be used to backfill and revegetate road voids as required. Prior to revegetating the area, the ground will be adequately graded to match the slope and contour of the surrounding land. Further details on the rehabilitation are provided in Section Ancillary structures such as drainage and sedimentation structures will be removed and disposed of accordingly. 2.4 ELECTRICAL SUBSTATION Electricity generated from the wind farm is fed in to a High Voltage (HV) switchyard via the 33kV electrical reticulation system across the wind farm. At the onsite substation the generated electricity is switched from 33KV to 330kV prior to transfer in to the neighbouring 330kV switchyard. The 330kV switchyard forms part of the electricity distribution network. Control of the 330kV switchyard has previously been transferred to the network operator and is currently under the control of TransGrid. From 2017 the HV switchyard and the electrical substation will be an asset shared between the GRWF and the 10MW Gullen Solar Farm. The wind farm and the solar farm will operate utilising the same electrical infrastructure. This project will be the first industrial scale co-located wind farm and solar farm project in Australia. The timing of the decommissioning of the onsite substation and the 330kV switchyard will be subject to the continued need for the infrastructure to distribute electricity from the Gullen Solar Farm (in accordance with the approved operational lifespan of this project). At the time of decommissioning it is expected that infrastructure within the 330kv switchyard compound will continue to be the property of the network service provider (currently TransGrid). MCoA 1.9 provides for the retention of the substation, control and overhead electricity lines beyond the life of the wind farm where these have been transferred to the local electricity network operator. The retention of this substation area will therefore be at the discretion of the network operator at the time of decommissioning. Consultation with the network operator will be undertaken prior to decommissioning to determine which components (if any) are required to be decommissioned. Electrical components are to be drained of all liquids prior to the disposal offsite. Waste liquids will be adequately classified in accordance with the POEO Regulations and WCG (or equivalent documents) and disposed of at a licensed waste facility. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

20 KV ELECTRICAL RETICULATION NETWORK It is expected that underground electrical reticulation cabling and associated infrastructure which connect the WTGs to the on-site HV switchyard and substation will be left in situ as it is considered that the process of removing the subsurface infrastructure would pose a higher level of environmental risk as opposed to retaining the cabling. The retention of underground infrastructure is contemplated by MCoA 1.9. Should removal be unavoidable, cabling will be removed in a way that minimises impacts on the environment. Disturbed areas will be adequately backfilled and graded to match the slope and contour of the surrounding land. The disturbed areas will then be revegetated to prevent soil erosion and reintegrated within the area with the surrounding environment. All overhead cabling and transmission lines, including the 33kV reticulation line between the Gurrundah turbine group and the Pomeroy turbine group, belonging to the Proponent (NGRWF) (or the then project owner) will be dismantled and removed. The component parts will be sold or recycled where feasible. The transmission line poles will be removed with the voids backfilled with clean fill material and revegetated. At some locations, removing powerline poles may pose a higher degree of environmental risk. In this instance, the powerline pole may be cut at the base, flush with the ground level. 2.6 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE FACILITY It is anticipated that the site control building, maintenance facility (including warehouse) and car park will be completely decommissioned. Where practicable the site control building and the warehouse will be on-sold for re-use and removed from the site. Pending agreement with the then landholder, the warehouse and the water tank may be retained and repurposed for agricultural use. All onsite shipping containers will be removed from site during decommissioning. Prior to the possible relocation or repurposing of these buildings, the components comprising these facilities will be evaluated to determine the potential for resale and recycling. Waste material will be classified and disposed of in accordance with the POEO Regulations and WCG (or equivalent documents at the time) or utilised for beneficial reuse in accordance with a relevant resource recovery exemption. Where demolition is required it will be undertaken once consent is obtained from the relevant regulatory authority at the time of decommissioning. The foundation and footings of the facilities will be left in-situ and covered with clean topsoil. The rehabilitated areas will then be graded to match the slope and contour of the surrounding land and minimise the risk of soil erosion. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

21 2.7 TRANSPORT OF REMOVED INFRASTRUCTURE The transportation of decommissioned WTG components will be undertaken using a mixture of standard-dimensional road transport loads and overdimensional loads. Consultation with local Councils, and RMS (or other such succeeding authority at the time of decommissioning) will be undertaken and the relevant consents obtained prior to the transport of oversized loads being undertaken. The construction Traffic Management Plan (TMP) is provided as Annex D and outlines the appropriate transportation methods of WTG components. The transportation of decommissioned WTG components will be undertaken in accordance with the TMP in place for decommissioning operations. The removal of individual turbines, as provided for under MCoA 1.10, will be undertaken in accordance with road transport restrictions and legislative requirements relevant at the time of decommissioning. 2.8 APPROVED DECOMMISSIONING WORKING HOURS Construction Working Hours are prescribed under MCoA 2.8: The Proponent shall only undertake construction or decommissioning activities between: (a) 7:00am to 6:00pm Mondays to Fridays; (b) 8:00am to 1:00pm Saturdays; and (c) at no time on Sundays or NSW public holidays. This condition does not apply in the event of a direction from police or other relevant authority for safety reasons, or emergency work to avoid the loss of lives, property and/or to prevent environmental harm. 2.9 TIMING It is expected that the timing for decommissioning operations will be undertaken using a progressive approach, which would involve the dismantling and removal of the WTG s and associated infrastructure. It is expected to be significantly shorter than the construction phase. An indication of potential timing of decommissioning operations is provided below (Table 2.1). ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

22 Table 2.1 Phases of Project Implementation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER Activity Finalisation of DEMP and associated sub-plans Consultation with the involved landholders, community and key stakeholders. Prepare site for decommissioning, upgrade road infrastructure and finalise transport route and logistics. De-energise the wind farm's electrical reticulation network. De-energise and decommission wind farm overhead lines and removing all above ground infrastructure (power poles). Decommission the substation (if required). Dismantle and decommission all wind turbines. Commence site remediation and rehabilitation (grading and re-vegetating disturbed areas). Decommission sections of access tracks (if required) and any other Project components agreed to during the consultation phase. Ongoing monitoring and rehabilitation program. Preparation (Months) Decommissioning and Rehabilitation (Months) TWO YEARS AFTER 2 ~TWO YEARS PRIOR 1 1. Consultation with involved landholders and key stakeholders will commence at approximately two years prior commencing decommissioning works and continue for at least two months into the commencement of decommissioning works as demonstrated in this indicative schedule; and 2. The monitoring and rehabilitation program will progress for at least two years after the decommissioning of the Project.

23 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Environmental management during decommissioning is to be governed by a DEMP and associated sub-plans, developed to fulfil the projects regulatory commitments and also ensure that decommissioning impacts to the local environment are appropriately managed. This chapter provides an indicative environmental management framework and structure to be adopted during decommissioning. This framework and structure is based on the approach adopted during the construction of the wind farm and takes account of more recent management frameworks adopted for windfarms in NSW. In order to guide future updates of the DEMP, a description of likely roles and responsibilities is described within Section 3.3. Guidance on the likely management controls and systems that would be considered, such as the establishment of Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS), is also described in this Chapter. It indicative framework and structure will be revised and updated prior to decommissioning. 3.1 NGRWF PTY LTD PROJECT ENVIRONMENT POLICY NGRWF s Environment Policy states it is committed to caring for and protecting the natural environment. As an environmentally conscious and responsible business NGRWF aims to integrate responsible environmental management into all its activities. NGRWF ensures that all employees and contractors understand its Environment Policy and the significant environmental aspects of its activities. All staff members, including contractors and visitors, are to receive information about the policy during Project induction. A copy of this policy is displayed in all NGRWF office locations. All visitors, NGRWF employees and persons contracted by NGRWF must comply with this policy. A full copy of NGRWF Environmental Policy is included as Appendix C of the OEMP for the Gullen Range Wind Farm. The OEMP is available on the GRWF website ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

24 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER NGRWF MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE The existing operational structure of NGRWF PTY Ltd is provided at Figure 3-1 below. The management structure that will exist at the time of decommissioning is currently unknown. Updates to this structure will be captured within future updates of the DEMP. It is likely that the decommissioning would be undertaken by a single, or multiple contractors with an onsite supervisory role held by NGRWF Pty Ltd. Figure 3-1 GRWF Project Organisation Chart 3.3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Environmental compliance is the responsibility of all Project and site personnel. For clarity and effective coordination of the DEMP, specific roles and responsibilities for environmental performance and compliance during the decommissioning of the GRWF have been allocated to the positions likely to be created during decommissioning activities. An indicative decommissioning organisation chart is included below: Figure Indicative Decommissioning Organisational Structure ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

25 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 An indicative list of position types with environmental management responsibilities is provided below. Potential position types include: NGRWF Project Executives; NGRWF Owner s Representative; NGRWF Community and Compliance Staff; NGRWF Compliance Manager NGRWF Site Representative; Engineer, Procure, Decommissioning (EPD) Project Manager; Decommissioning Manager; DPE approved Environmental Representative (as defined in MCoA 7.1); Contractors; and All other onsite personnel. Role descriptions and role titles will be confirmed closer to the commencement of decommissioning works. The role descriptions and role titles will be finalised ahead immediately ahead of decommissioning. Primary responsibility for overall project compliance through implementation of the DEMP will sit with the Owner s Representative (e.g. Project Manager) and Owner s Site Representative. The Contractor will hold responsibility for the implementation of the day to day monitoring and controls required to achieve compliance for decommissioning works Independent Environmental Representative MCoA 7.1 requires that a suitably qualified and experienced independent Environmental Representative be appointed prior to construction and be employed for the duration of decommissioning activities. The ER will be nominated and presented to the Secretary (or equivalent replacement) for approval closer to the commencement of decommissioning activities. As described at MCoA 7.1, the Environmental Representative(s) shall be the Proponent s principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project and shall have responsibility for: a) overseeing the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under this approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

26 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 b) considering and advising the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of this approval and the Statement of Commitments as referred to under condition of this approval, permits and licences; and c) having the authority and independence to recommend to the Proponent reasonable steps to be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and, failing the effectiveness of such steps, to recommend to the Proponent that relevant activities are to be ceased as soon as reasonably practicable if there is a significant risk that an adverse impact on the environment will be likely to occur. 3.4 TRAINING, AWARENESS AND COMPETENCE All employees, contractors and sub-contractors undertaking work onsite with potential to interact with the environment shall receive environmental induction relevant to the nature of their activities. Acceptance of environmental obligations will form a requirement of undertaking work on site for contractors, subcontractors and their personnel. Training is likely to be undertaken in the following forms: project site environmental induction; and regular pre-start discussions. Records of induction and training will be kept including the topic of the training carried out, dates, participant names and trainer details. Inductees will be required to sign-off that they have been informed of the environmental issues and that they understand their responsibilities Project Induction Prior to working onsite, decommissioning personnel and sub-contractors will undertake an environmental induction. The induction will address a range of issues including, but not limited to: the GRWF DEMP; Project Conditions of Approval and any other relevant requirements; legal and regulatory requirements including duty of care and potential consequences of infringements; environmental responsibilities including incident reporting; identification of sensitive areas including threatened species habitat, waterways, heritage, weeds and noise sensitive locations; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

27 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 identification of boundaries for vegetation clearing and heritage sites to be avoided; designated locations and procedures for washing, refuelling and maintenance areas for vehicles, plant and equipment; emergency plans and incident management including the use of spill kits; reporting processes for environmental harm or environmental incidents; roles and responsibilities in achieving conformance with environmental policies and requirements, including emergency preparedness and response requirements; procedures for responding to community enquiries and/or complaints; and identification and management of non-conformances with relevant statutory requirements and this DEMP. In addition to the site induction, targeted environmental awareness training will be provided to individuals or groups of workers with a specific authority or responsibility for environmental management or those undertaking an activity with a high risk of environmental impact. This training will include all objectives and required mitigation measures contained in the DEMP and sub-plans Pre-Start Meetings and Environmental Training Daily pre-start meetings will help to ensure that relevant information for current activities is communicated to the workforce and that feedback can be provided on issues of interest or concern. Environmental input to pre-start meetings and specific environmental training will generally be prepared and delivered by the Contractor s Environmental representative or Site Manager, as necessary with the assistance of the Project Manager. Training topics are to be delivered to provide updated information on the environmental induction topics and associated environmental procedures. In the event of environmental near misses or incidents, changes to procedures or any other event that could result in changed levels of environmental risks, the daily pre-start meetings or environmental training sessions may be used to deliver updates to onsite personnel. Environmental training topics likely to be required may include: vehicle hygiene and pest plant/weed management protocols; work methods and efficient use of mobile plant and materials; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

28 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 waste management, minimisation and recycling; noise and vibration minimisation; flora and fauna protection and management; dust control; protecting waterways and riparian zones (where relevant); wastewater control; identification/protection of indigenous/non-indigenous heritage items; spill response procedures; emergency response procedures; wet weather procedures and inspections; legislation updates; and landowner and community engagement to convey key messages on the project, manage landowner interactions and allow any issues to be raised. 3.5 DECOMMISSIONING WORKS MANAGEMENT The day to day implementation of the DEMP will be undertaken through the use of Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) or equivalent documents as implemented by the contractor engaged to undertake decommissioning. EWMS would be expected to be created for each work area and combine the requirements of the DEMP and sub-plans in a series of location and activity specific documents EWMS Preparation Process Each distinguishable work area will require an approved EWMS that identifies how the requirements of the DEMP and sub-plans are to be applied. The person responsible for preparing an assessment for the EWMS is expected to be the respective client or contractor environmental compliance representative. Where a site specific EWMS is prepared it is to include the relevant activity specific requirements and be updated and approved as new activities are added. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

29 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER Areas to be addressed by EWMS Facility specific EWMS include, but are not limited to the following areas: Office and Laydown Areas; 33kV Overhead Lines; Access roads; WTGs; and Turbine Footings and Crane Hardstands. As outlined in Section 2.4, the HV switchyard, substation and transmission lines will only be removed as part of the decommissioning of the wind farm where there is no ongoing need for the infrastructure to support the Gullen Solar Farm, or where the infrastructure is specifically requested to be retained by the network operator. Where decommissioning is required to be undertaken EWMS documents will be developed accordingly. The responsible contractor may elect to group components into manageable areas such that groups of turbines and connecting access tracks are included in the one EWMS. In addition to facility based EWMS, the following activities would require the preparation of an EWMS by the contractor responsible for the work. Once prepared each activity specific EWMS may be reproduced and included within area specific EWMS subject to review of appropriateness: soil disturbance; stockpiling and transport of soil and rock; excavation; access track and drainage construction; waterway crossings; and turbine removal. In the unlikely event that underground cable needs to be removed from within the wind farm footprint, an activity specific EWMS would also be developed. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

30 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER EWMS Content Geographical area specific EWMS for decommissioning works will contain information including but not limited to: full scope of work covered by the EWMS (noting that subsequent works may be added and will be subject to new internal approval for the additional scope); Environmentally Sensitive Area Maps (ESAMs) used to identify constraints and to outline mitigation measures; outcomes of risk assessment of the specific scope of works including consideration of post control risk ratings; identification of monitoring requirements; identification of specific inspection and maintenance timing and responsibilities; identification of hold/witness points; and approval and reporting requirements. All completed EWMS are to be approved by a nominated NGRWF representative (e.g. the Owner s Representative) prior to the activity commencing and retained as auditable records Environmental Reporting The decommissioning contractor will supply a weekly HSE breakdown and works progress update, in line with principal contractor s requirements and environmental assessments to enable a weekly report by the EPD contractor to the NGRWF Owners Representative. The GRWF Owners Representative is responsible for reviewing and ensuring all necessary reporting and notifications have taken place including: internal environmental performance reporting; and statutory reporting and notifications (in conjunction with the Owner s Compliance Manager) The NGRWF Community Engagement representative will be responsible for all liaison and reporting to the wider community when required. Statutory reporting, including reporting under the Project Approval or project Environmental Protection Licence, will be managed in accordance with the prescribed requirement. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

31 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER Internal Reporting Internal notifications and reporting regarding incidents will be undertaken in accordance with internal NGRWF HSE reporting and investigation procedures. All records of environmental complaints and non-conformances will be collected and tracked in a Compliance Tracking Program (or later replacement). In accordance with MCoA 5.5 records of complaints will be made available to the Secretary upon request Statutory Notifications under the Project Approval NGRWF is required to ensure compliance with the notification and other requirements of the Project EPL 07_0118 and the POEO Act under the Environmental Protection Licence (EPL_20365). In accordance with MCoA 8.1, incidents with actual or potential significant off-site impacts on people or the biophysical environment are to be notified to the Secretary and any other relevant Government authorities which may be any of the following: the EPA; local council (Upper Lachlan Shire Council or Goulburn Murwaree Council); the Ministry of Health; the WorkCover Authority; and Fire and Rescue NSW. In accordance with condition R2 of the EPL, incidents causing or threatening to cause material harm to the environment are required to be specifically notified to the EPA. Environmental harm is defined under Section 147 of the POEO Act as: (i) it involves actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to ecosystems that is not trivial, or (ii) it results in actual or potential loss or property damage of an amount, or amounts in aggregate, exceeding $10,000 (or such other amount as is prescribed by the regulations), and (b) loss includes the reasonable costs and expenses that would be incurred in taking all reasonable and practicable measures to prevent, mitigate or make good harm to the environment. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

32 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 For the purposes of the above: loss includes the reasonable costs and expenses that would be incurred in taking all reasonable and practicable measures to prevent, mitigate or make good harm to the environment; and it does not matter that harm to the environment is caused only in the premises where the pollution incident occurs. The POEO Act outlines responsibilities down to an individual level to notify incidents threatening material harm to the environment immediately. In general terms, all individuals are responsible for reporting such incidents to the Contractor s Project Manager who in turn will inform: the Owners Representative; NGRWF senior management; and Where appropriate, NGRWF will notify the Environmental Representative. The POEO Act also requires that an individual notify the incident where they cannot make contact with their employer. Relevant authority contact details are included in the table 3.1 below and will be made available where all site workers can access them easily in the event of a notifiable incident occurring. The Emergency Response Plan (ERP) and the Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP) for the project will be updated ahead of the commencement of decommissioning. The ERP will be drafted in accordance with relevant NSW work health and safety legislation. and will include: internal and external reporting requirements; emergency and project contact details; and provide a flow chart for incident and emergency management to be followed in the event of an incident and include time frames for reporting, and who needs to be contacted. The MCoAs identify various reporting obligations associated with the decommissioning of the GRWF. These are as follows. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

33 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER Community The Proponent shall notify the Secretary and any relevant Government authority of any incident with actual or potential significant off-site impacts on people or the biophysical environment as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the incident ( initial notification ). The Proponent must provide written details ( written report ) of the incident to the Secretary and any relevant Government authority within seven days of the date on which the incident occurred The Proponent shall meet the requirements of the Secretary to address the cause or impact of any incident, as it relates to this approval, reported in accordance with condition 8.1 of this approval, within such period as the Secretary may require. Consultation with the community and key stakeholders is to commence at least two years prior to the anticipated end of the Project s operational life. This will include updating and implementing the Project Community Information Plan, as per MCoA 5.3. Key stakeholders will be identified closer to the end of the operation life of the GRWF and prior to the commencement of decommissioning. Key stakeholders may include, but not be limited to, the following: State government departments; local councils; community reference groups, including the Community Consultation Committee required by MCoA 5.7; and local landowners Key issues likely to be addressed during the consultation process for decommissioning are outlined in Table 3.1. Table 3.1 Key Issues to be Addressed during Consultation Issue Staging of Works Traffic Management Local Employment Overview The decommissioning works are to be staged in a manner that limits potential impacts to agricultural operations across the Project area. An adequate Traffic Management Plan (TMP) is to be established prior to the commencement of decommissioning works in consultation with the relevant regulatory authority at the time. Where feasible and applicable, local contractors and suppliers should be engaged to assist with decommissioning works. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

34 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER New Gullen Range Wind Farm Community Consultative Committee (CCC) As per MCoA 5.7 the New Gullen Range Wind Farm Community Consultative Committee (CCC) will remain active throughout the decommissioning phase of the Project. The Committee provides an interface between Project activities and the broader community. For the decommissioning phase, the CCC will communicate issues raised prior to and during decommissioning works, to the community and relevant stakeholders and, provide an avenue for feedback to the Proponent at the time of decommissioning (including any subsequent owners of the wind farm). Issues raised by the community and stakeholders in relation to decommissioning works will be addressed during CCC meetings and where required, measures will be discussed to address the issues raised. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

35 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER DEMP IMPLEMENTATION 4.1 DEMP OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS The final objectives and targets for the implementation of the DEMP will be confirmed prior to commencement of decommissioning. Targets and objectives based on current industry practice and understanding of the Project are identified in Table 4.1 with objectives and targets for each environmental aspect identified in the sections that follow and associated sub-plans. The purpose of setting overall objectives and targets for the DEMP is to enable the decommissioning works to meet a defined level of performance against identified criteria. Table 4.1 CEMP Implementation Objectives and Targets Item Objective Target Documentation Environmental compliance Decommissioning to be undertaken in accordance with the MCoA. 100% compliance with MCoA. Internal and external independent audit records. Weekly site inspections. Compliance Program. Tracking Environmental compliance Legal compliance Decommissioning to be undertaken in accordance with the EPL. Compliance with all environmental legislative requirements. 100% compliance with EPL. 100% compliance. Zero incidents. reportable Periodic compliance reporting to the Secretary. As above but with annual reporting to EPA for EPL. Compliance Program. Tracking EWMS review and approval process. Weekly inspections. site Good environmental practice Effective implementation of the DEMP and subplans. 100% compliance with mitigation measures, monitoring and reporting requirements. Zero incidents. reportable Prompt investigation and implementation of corrective actions. Weekly site inspections. Monitoring compliance tracking register. DEMP reviews. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

36 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Item Objective Target Documentation Environmental complaints Minimise environmental complaints and respond to all in a timely and appropriate manner. Zero community complaints attributable to the project. 100% compliance with complaints response timeframes. EWMS process to address potential community impacts. Complaints register. CCC Meeting minutes. 100% compliance with complaints investigation and closeout. Incidents Prevent potential of actual material harm to the environment and appropriately manage all environmental incidents. Zero reportable environmental incidents. 100% compliance with incident reporting, investigation, implementation of corrective actions and close out requirements. Incident notification forms. Incident tracking register or program. Non-conformances Minimise, avoid and appropriately manage all environmental nonconformances. Full implementation of compliance tracking program. 100% compliance with timeframes for investigation and implementation of corrective actions. Weekly inspection records. Internal and external independent audit records. Compliance Tracking Program register. Audits inspections and Undertake meaningful environmental inspections and audits in a timely manner 100% compliance with timeframes and coverage of inspections and audits. 100% completion of follow-up actions to address identified issues. Internal and external independent audit records. Corrective actions register or program records. Environmental training inductions and All staff to be aware of their environmental obligations and be competent in relation to their environmental responsibilities. All staff to be appropriately inducted prior to commencing works on-site and have relevant competencies. Induction records. Training and pre-start meeting records. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

37 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 The implementation of the DEMP is to be undertaken so as to achieve these objectives and targets and, where evidence arises that the DEMP is not being effective in this regard, a review will be undertaken to identify improvements. As necessary, additional measures will be identified and incorporated in consultation with relevant internal stakeholders and, as necessary, may include the Environmental Representative and external regulatory bodies as the need arises. 4.2 DECOMMISSIONING RISK ANALYSIS The implementation of the DEMP is also guided through the identification and ranking of decommissioning environmental risks. These risks will be clearer in the period prior to the actual decommissioning of the GRWF project. The confirmation of a date for decommissioning will be the trigger for finalising the DEMP and associated sub-plans, and the confirmation of specific risks associated with decommissioning activities. The purpose of the Risk Analysis is to ensure that all the key risks documented in the Environmental Assessment (EA) and the compliance requirements of the MCoA are considered in the context of the proposed activities. The assessment of risks will be used to develop appropriate management controls for integration in the DEMP, in a manner consistent with the NSW Draft Wind Farm Guidelines (2011). An initial risk assessment has been prepared for the DEMP and is provided at Annex F. It is expected that the risk assessment will be updated prior to decommissioning and will take into account proposed decommissioning methods and the receiving environment at the time of decommissioning. The development of the initial Risk Analysis has involved the following steps: provide a list of the activities to be carried out based on current understanding of likely decommissioning methods; identify the actual or potential environmental impacts associated with each activity; and identify reasonable and feasible management controls and monitoring (by reference to sub-plans) to prevent or minimise those impacts appropriately. A high level Risk Analysis Matrix for the project is presented in Annex F with potential impacts indicated for the defined construction activities. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

38 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Prior to the commencement of decommissioning and following major contract awards a Hazard Identification session will be held with all key staff and contractors. The outcome of this meeting will be a full Project Risk Analysis including Health, Safety and Environmental risks. The Hazard Identification meeting will reference the high level Risk Analysis Matrix in Annex F which will be will be updated at that point. The Risk Analysis Matrix will remain a live document that will be reviewed an updated throughout the project. The Risk Analysis Matrix will be reviewed and incorporated into field based risk assessment (i.e. during decommissioning) to document actual on ground circumstances, such as new hazards or changed activities. This updated risk analysis would be undertaken as part of EWMS developed for each specific work activity and area. As required by MCoA 7.8, the key environmental risks requiring development of detailed sub-plans for mitigation and monitoring measures to prevent impacts associated with decommissioning works include: the various potential impacts associated with the decommissioning of compounds and ancillary facilities; decommissioning traffic management plan; decommissioning noise management plan; and decommissioning flora and fauna management plan The CEMP sub plans have been attached to this version of the DEMP to provide an indication of how these plans were implemented during construction and to provide an indication of likely risks and management to be implemented during decommissioning. Other identified issues and associated risks requiring an appropriate level of management include: air quality and dust management; waste management; soil and water quality management; bushfire risk management; and decommissioning cultural heritage management. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

39 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 All environmental risks and specific issue management are addressed in Chapter 6 with further details on key risks and their management provided in respective sub-plans. 4.3 INCIDENT AND EMERGENCIES MANAGEMENT For the purposes of the DEMP, an incident is defined as a set of circumstances that: causes or threatens to cause material harm to the environment; and/or causes actual or potential significant offsite impacts on people of the biophysical environment; and/or breaches or exceeds the limits or performance measures/criteria in the Project Approval. Environmental incidents requiring notification under the Project Approval, EPL or relevant legislation will be notified in accordance with the GRWF Compliance Tracking Program required by MCoA 6.1. All environmental incidents will also be recorded and reported internally to aid in the prevention of further occurrences. In the event of an environmental incident or emergency, environmental incident and emergency response procedures will be implemented. These procedures include the initial actions required to be undertaken to avoid or minimise environmental harm and notify relevant Project personnel and regulatory agencies with emergency response obligations. Emergency planning and awareness training will also be undertaken for the Project specific to decommissioning. This planning and training will include, but not be limited to, development of a communication protocol (both internal and external during emergencies), identified potential environmental emergencies that may occur on the Project, and the response procedures for these emergencies and testing of the emergency response procedures. Typically, environmental incidents will be notified verbally immediately and in writing within one hour of any incident occurring to the NGRWF Site Representative. The NGRWF Site Representative (or nominee) will coordinate an investigation of the incident site as soon as reasonably practicable. All efforts will be undertaken immediately to avoid and reduce impacts of incidents and suitable controls put in place. Incidents will be closed out as quickly as possible, taking all required action to resolve each environmental incident. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

40 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 The EPA will be notified of any environmental incidents or pollution incidents on or around the GRWF site via the EPA Environment Line (telephone ) in accordance with Section 148 of the POEO Act and the GRWF EPL. Immediate notification (and without delay) will be undertaken of any incident which causes actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or ecosystems ; or if actual or potential loss or property damage (including clean-up costs) associated with a pollution incident that exceeds $10,000, to the following organisations: EPA (via the EPA pollution line ); Ministry of Health (via the Public Health Unit) ((02) ); WorkCover Authority ( ); Local Authority (i.e. council Upper Lachlan Shire Council ((02) ) or Goulburn Mulwaree Council ((02) ); Fire and Rescue NSW (Crookwell (02) ); and Secretary of the Department of Planning and Environment (via the DPE Southern team (02) or by to compliance@planning.nsw.gov.au ). These agencies will be notified as soon as practicable of NGRWF becoming aware of any incident with actual or potential significant off-site impacts on people or the biophysical environment. Full written details of the incident will be provided to the relevant Government agencies within seven days of the date on which the incident occurred. Where an incident involves an Aboriginal site, relevant Registered Aboriginal Parties will be notified and their input sought in closing out the incident. The GRWF Project team will maintain all records relating to environmental incidents. 4.4 INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION Where required, due to the severity or residual impact of the incident, investigations will be conducted and action plans established in order to reduce the likelihood of the event occurring in the future. Where lessons are learnt from the investigation or current procedures are identified as being ineffective, the DEMP will be revised by the NGRWF (in consultation with the Environmental Representative) to include the improved procedures or requirement and submitted to the Secretary for approval where required. The environmental investigation will include the following basic elements: ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

41 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 identifying the cause, extent and responsibility of the incident; identifying and implementing the necessary corrective action; identifying the personnel responsible for carrying out the corrective action; implementing or modifying controls necessary to avoid a repeat occurrence of the incident; recording any changes in written procedures required; and advising the relevant government agencies if any substantial pollution has occurred. Incident investigations will be documented and retained. 4.5 COMPLAINTS HANDLING In accordance with MCoA 5.5 and 5.4, NGRWF has established a complaints procedure which will be updated to ensure relevance for the decommissioning phase of the project. The existing procedure is contained within Section 10 of the OEMP and is provided in Annex G.. The existing procedure provides for the following: the date and time, where relevant, of the complaint; the means by which the complaint was made (telephone, mail or ); any personal details of the complainant that were provided, or if no details were provided, a note to that effect; the nature of the complaint; any action(s) taken by the Proponent in relation to the complaint, including any follow- up contact with the complainant; and if no action was taken by the Proponent in relation to the complaint, the reason(s) why no action was taken. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

42 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER MONITORING, AUDIT AND REVIEW 5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE AUDITING NGRWF will implement a program of environmental audits for decommissioning. The audit program will include internal and external audits as described in Table 3.1 below and the following sections. The scope of the audit will vary during the course of the project but generally address the objectives shown in Table 5.1 and described in the sections below. Table 5.1 Decommissioning Phase Environmental Audit Program Timing 6 months prior to start of decommissioning One months after start of decommissioning 6 months after start of decommissioning Internal/ External Internal Internal External 7 months after start of Internal decommissioning 12 months after start of External decommissioning 16 months Internal 24 months External On completion of decommissioning External Objective Confirm that all management control frameworks and documentation has been established. Establish that all management controls are being implemented and compliance and environmental performance objectives achieved. Ensure any prior non-conformance addressed. Independent review of site practices and performance to ensure compliance and achievement of performance objectives. Ensure adequate response to external audit and any non-conformance addressed. Establish that all management controls are being implemented and construction activities are compliant and environmental performance objectives achieved. Ensure any prior nonconformance addressed. Review commissioning and rehabilitation activities as they are required. Full external/independent audit against Project Approval, EPA Licence and Decommissioning and Rehabilitation Plan. Independent environmental audits will also be undertaken where directed by the Secretary in accordance with MCoA Internal Audits The NGRWF Compliance Manager will conduct (or arrange for an experienced person) to conduct internal audits of the project environmental performance. During decommissioning, these internal audits will occur every 3 to 4 months (as prescribed in the above table) except where an external audit is scheduled within approximate time that the internal audit would occur. The first internal audit will occur 1 month after site works commence. The scope of the internal audits will focus on compliance with the project approval, EPL, relevant legislation and the effectiveness of the DEMP implementation (including sub-plans and performance outcomes). ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

43 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 The purpose of internal audits is to ensure: effective implementation of the DEMP including completion of all environmental schedules by site based Contractor representatives and maintenance of relevant site records and demonstration that corrective action and follow-up occurs for non-conformances; relevance of the environmental controls and procedures contained within the DEMP; to identify any need to improve the controls and procedures contained within the DEMP to ensure compliance or improve performance; to review compliance with MCoA; and to ensure that GRWF and agency and community stakeholders can have confidence in the responsible decommissioning of the Project External Independent Audits In addition to the internal audits, the NGRWF Compliance Manager will also arrange external independent audits, including where directed by the Secretary. These will be undertaken by appropriately experienced and qualified persons independent of the project. During decommissioning, the external audits will occur indicatively every 6 months from commencement of decommissioning. The purpose of the independent audit is to confirm the adequacy of the project environmental management system including compliance with Project Approval Conditions and DEMP requirements. For the purposes of this requirement, an external audit may include site compliance audits undertaken by the Environmental Representative. 5.2 COMPLIANCE TRACKING MCoA 6 requires that: Prior to the commencement of construction, the Proponent shall develop and implement a Compliance Tracking Program for the project, to track compliance with the requirements of this approval during the construction, operation or decommissioning of the project and shall include, but not necessarily limited to: (a) provisions for an Annual Environmental Management Report (AEMR) that is to be prepared and submitted to the Secretary throughout the operational life of the project. The AEMR must review the performance of the project against the Operational Environmental Management Plan, the conditions of this approval and other licences and approvals relating to the project. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

44 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 (b) provisions for periodic reporting of the compliance status to the Secretary including at least prior to the commencement of construction of the project, prior to the commencement of operation of the project, and prior to the commencement of decommissioning, (c) a program for independent environmental auditing in accordance with AS/NZ ISO 19011: Guidelines for Quality and/or Environmental Management Systems Auditing; (d) procedures for rectifying any non-compliance identified during environmental auditing or review of compliance; (e) mechanisms for recording environmental incidents and actions taken in response to those incidents; (f) provisions for reporting environmental incidents to the Secretary during construction operation and decommissioning; and (g) provisions for ensuring all employees, contractors and sub-contractors are aware of, and comply with, the conditions of this approval relevant to their respective activities. A Compliance Tracking Program has been developed and is currently being implemented as part of Project operations. The Compliance Tracking Program will be reviewed and updated (as required) ahead of the commencement of decommissioning if required. 5.3 NON-CONFORMANCE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Non-compliances may be identified through routine Weekly Site Inspections, impromptu site inspections, via the DEMP Review or Audit process, or be incident based. Environmental non-conformance includes: non-compliance with environmental management controls or mitigation measures outlined within the DEMP; environmental incidents not threatening material harm to the environment; non-compliance with CoA; and environmental emergencies threatening material harm to the environment. Corrective actions may be triggered by any of the above and will include immediate steps taken to control event, the subsequent investigation and the development of additional controls necessary to prevent re-occurrence. Corrective actions will be developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders which may include the ER and will be assigned to the appropriate staff for close out. All corrective actions will be tracked through to completion through the non-compliance tracking register. All environmental incidents and non-conformances will be reported in accordance with Section 4.4. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

45 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER DEMP REVIEW This DEMP will be updated every three years, or frequency as otherwise agreed by the Secretary, in accordance with MCoA 7.7. This Chapter describes the DEMP review and update process once it has been finalised for implementation during decommissioning. The DEMP is a working document that will require review and, if necessary, amendment during the life of the project. The NGRWF Compliance Manager shall undertake a review of the DEMP where: a DEMP audit makes findings or recommendations identifying a need to undertake a review; there is a significant change to the decommissioning schedule or methodology; site based conditions require a change to the environmental controls and procedures identified within the DEMP; an environmental incident occurs that requires corrective actions to be incorporated in the DEMP; and where a recommendation is made by the Environmental Representative acting within the requirements of the MCoA. The DEMP review shall consider the environmental controls and procedures set out within the DEMP (inclusive of the appendices) to make sure the environmental controls and procedures remain applicable to the activities being carried out. Any recommendations from the review will be reported to the NGRWF Owner s Representative. Where changes are made to the DEMP the changes will be presented to the Environmental Representative for review prior to submission to the Secretary. Once adopted, the changes will be communicated to relevant stakeholders. In accordance with MCoA 7.7, the DEMP does not require specific approval by the Secretary. Changes will be made in consultation with the Environmental Representative and submitted to the Secretary for information purposes prior to implementation. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

46 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER KEY ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE ISSUES MANAGEMENT The application of the environmental management elements will be consistently applied for managing risks associated with each of the relevant areas of impact and in relation to the characteristics of the risks for the individual issue. The following sections deal with each of the issues to be managed through the environmental controls set out in this DEMP. The key issues in Table 6.1 address those identified as being relevant to the project and/or required as part of MCoA. Relevant plans that supported the CEMP are attached to this DEMP and will be updated prior to commencement of decommissioning. Table 6.1 Key Environmental Performance Issues Key issue (mostly as per MCoA 7.3) DEMP Reference Decommissioning Compound and Ancillary Section 6.1 Facilities Management Noise Management Section 6.2 and Annex C Traffic Management Section 6.3 and Annex D Soil and Water Management Section 6.4 and Annex G Aboriginal Heritage Management Section 6.5 and Annex H Flora and Fauna Management Section 6.6 and Annex E Bushfire Risk Management Section 0 and Annex I Air Quality Management Section Dangerous Goods and Hazardous Substances Section 6.9 Waste Management Section 6.10 For each performance issue listed in Table 6.1 above, and discussed in the following sections and / or the respective sub-plans, this chapter of the DEMP details: the specific environmental risks related to the decommissioning activities of GRWF; statutory and other obligations for the specific issue; consultation undertaken and required for the specific issue; details of how environmental performance will be managed and monitored to meet acceptable outcomes; reporting and notification requirements; and summary of necessary revisions to address impacts and activities associated with future decommissioning. It should be noted that the final requirements of any sub-plan (and this DEMP) will be dependent on the results of the updated risk assessment process completed prior to finalisation of the DEMP. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

47 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER DECOMMISSIONING COMPOUND AND ANCILLARY FACILITIES MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY The DEMP will require preparation of a Decommissioning Compound and Ancillary Facilities Management Plan (DCAFMP) in order to manage potential impacts associated with facilities established to support decommissioning and impacts associated with their operation. MCoA 4.1 states that the sites for Ancillary Facilities must satisfy the following criteria unless otherwise approved through the Construction Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.2 or the Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.7: have ready access to the road network; be located to minimise the need for heavy vehicles to travel through residential areas; be sited on relatively level land; be separated from nearest residences by at least 200 m (or at least 250 m for a temporary batch plant); be located above the 20 ARI flood level unless a contingency plan to manage flooding is prepared and implemented; not required vegetation clearing beyond that already required for the project; and not affect the land use of adjacent properties. At this point, it is uncertain what ancillary facilities would be established to support decommissioning. As a minimum, required support and ancillary facilities are likely to include: offices and laydown areas; temporary waste disposal areas; and temporary materials storage areas. It is expected that these ancillary facilities would be located within previously disturbed or established locations wherever possible in order to prevent unnecessary disturbance to the local land area. Where practicable the existing site office will be utilised as a base for decommissioning activities. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

48 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Consistent with Condition 4.4, the location of the Ancillary Facilities will be identified in the DEMP, which and must include an analysis against the above criteria. Where these criteria cannot be met, the DEMP will demonstrate that there will be no adverse impacts from the Ancillary Facilities decommissioning. In addition to confirming that these expectations are met, the Final DEMP will establish specific management practices for relevant ancillary facilities, through preparation of a dedicated DCAFMP. Guidance on what will specifically be addressed in the DCAFMP is provided under the following sub-heading DCAFMP Updates prior to Decommissioning Management and mitigation measures to address issues of relevance to any required ancillary facilities (including ecology, noise and vibration, air quality, traffic, soil and water impacts and heritage issues) will be developed and included in the relevant decommissioning management sub-plans. In addition to the measures included in sub-plans, specific measures for inclusion in an DCAFMP will include: confirmation that required approvals commitments as they relate to ancillary facilities management during decommissioning are met; all ancillary facilities will be assessed for consistency against the location criteria provided in MCoA 4.1 prior to establishment; where the criteria in MCoA 4.1 cannot be met for any proposed ancillary facility, it will be demonstrated to DPE that there will be no significant adverse impact from that facility s construction; ancillary facilities that are consistent with the Project Approval but do not meet the locational criteria will be submitted to the Secretary for approval, prior to their establishment; Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) will be progressively developed (prior to decommissioning works occurring) for each of the ancillary facilities, including any future ancillary facilities and as required by the aspect specific management plans; and all ancillary facilities will be removed and area rehabilitated as per the Decommissioning Flora and Fauna Management Plan (DFFMP) following completion of decommissioning. The subject areas will be rehabilitated to at least their pre-decommissioning condition, unless as otherwise agreed with the applicable landowner. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

49 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY MCoA 7.3(a) stipulates the Proponent prepare and implement a Decommissioning Noise Management Plan (DNMP) to detail measures to minimise noise emissions associated with the decommissioning of the project. MCoA 7.8 specifies that the Decommissioning Noise Management Plan (DNMP) must be developed in accordance with the same requirements as the Construction Noise Management Plan (CNMP) as described in MCoA 7.3(a). The CNMP is provided as Annex C of this DEMP and includes the: identification of all major noise generating activities that will occur be required result of construction of the project; specification of the noise criteria as it applies to a particular activity; identification and implementation of best practice management techniques for minimisation of noise and vibration emissions; procedures for the monitoring of noise emissions; and description of the procedures to be undertaken if any non-compliance is detected. Consistent with the requirements of the CNMP, the DNMP is required to be fully implemented and should be referred to when undertaking decommissioning activities that have potential to impact the local noise and amenity values. The measures detailed in the CNMP (Annex C) will indicatively be implemented where reasonable and feasible during decommissioning to meet the noise and vibration management objectives, targets and legal requirements, as follows: identification of sensitive receivers and applicable performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 of the CNMP; all work proposed outside approved construction hours will only be undertaken in accordance with the Out of Hours Works (OOHW) Protocol, Annex B of the CNMP; Sound Power Level (LW) of equipment with potentially intrusive noise levels will be assessed via measurement within four weeks of the equipment s introduction to site and compared to the typical sound levels of deconstruction plant and equipment listed in the CNMP; noise monitoring will be undertaken in accordance with the Noise Monitoring Procedure in the CNMP; and vibration monitoring will be undertaken in accordance with the Vibration Monitoring Procedure in the CNMP. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

50 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER DNMP Updates prior to Decommissioning The Projects CNMP is provided at Annex C. As a minimum, the following aspects will be required to be addressed and demonstrated within the Projects DNMP: sensitive receptors likely to be relevant to decommissioning activities will need to be re-mapped and performance criteria established for each receptor The performance criteria established will be consistent with established noise standards at the time of decommissioning; Sensitive receiver maps relevant to construction and the initial operation of the GRWF project are provided in Appendix C of the CNMP these receptor maps will be updated ahead of decommissioning; Out of Hours Works Protocols to be established; and establishment of a Noise Monitoring Procedure. 6.3 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY MCoA 7.3(b) requires the preparation of a Decommissioning Traffic Management Plan (DTMP) to outline measures for the management and coordination of road based activities required to support decommissioning activities and to minimise the potential conflicts between different user groups. As noted at Chapter 1.2.1, Condition 7.8 required that all conditions for preparation of a CTMP be applied to the preparation of a Decommissioning Traffic Management Plan (DTMP). The CTMP is provided in Annex D and was developed in consultation with RMS and Council and includes: details of the measures to minimise interactions between the project and other users of the roads such as the use of fencing, lights, barriers, traffic diversions etc; procedures for informing the public where any road access will be restricted as a result of the project; procedures to inform vehicles drivers and Crookwell Road business owners of the traffic routes to be used by heavy vehicles associated with the project; procedures to manage decommissioning traffic to ensure the safety of livestock, and school children and limit disruption to school bus timetables; speed limits to be observed along routes to and from the site and within the site; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

51 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 minimum requirements for vehicle maintenance to address noise and exhaust emissions, particularly along roads in close proximity to residences; precautionary measures such as signage to warn users of the Bicentennial National Trail about the construction activities for the project; and details of the expected behavioural requirements for vehicle drivers travelling to and from the site and within the site; CTMP Updates prior to Decommissioning The CTMP for the GRWF project is provided at Annex D. As a minimum, the following aspects will be required to be addressed and demonstrated within the DTMP ahead of decommissioning. Consistent with the requirements of the CTMP, the DTMP is required to be fully implemented and should be referred to when preparing EWMS for all decommissioning activities that involve traffic generation. A summary of management measures is provided below: the Project will comply with section 138 of the Roads Act 1993 Works and Structures, or other relevant legislation at the time of decommissioning; Road Occupancy Licences are to be arranged by the contractor in consultation with RMS for modifications to State owned roads; a road condition and dilapidation assessment of specific local roads will be undertaken prior to work commencing and post-decommission to identify impacts attributable to the Project; Updated transport route maps, including those for heavy and oversized vehicle s will be prepared; Traffic Control Plans (TCP) are to be prepared prior to any works being undertaken; and drivers must operate in accordance with Roads and Maritime recommendations for oversize and overmass vehicles and the Transport Code of Conduct. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

52 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER SOIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY Commitment 7.7 (d) requires that the DEMP includes measures to monitor and minimise soil erosion and discharge of sediment and other pollutants to lands and/ or waters during construction activities, particularly during any works at or near drainage lines. A Soil and Water Management Plan (Annex G) was developed for construction and will be updated to support the DEMP in order to demonstrate how the commitments made by the Proponent are being fulfilled and to also ensure that potential erosion and water management risks and being managed during decommissioning. Key requirements for the decommissioning works include the following. These requirements will be further described in the DEMP prior to commencement of decommissioning. soil and water quality objectives and targets related to decommissioning activities; description of legal and other requirements including relevant MCoAs, legislation and applicable guidelines governing soil and water quality impacts; reasonable and feasible measures to manage potential soil and water quality, including spoil, soil contamination, hazardous material and waste management impacts arising from the decommissioning works associated with the project. preparation of progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (ESCP) detailing individual control measures in association with the development of area specific EWMS documentations; decommissioning works to be undertaken such that all earthworks, including waterways/drains/spillways and their outlets, will be stable in at least a 10-year ARI, time of concentration storm event; identification and implementation of the erosion and stormwater control measures presented in the Decommissioning Soil and Water Quality Management Plan (DSWQMP); implementation of measures to prevent potentially contaminating materials from entering the groundwater or surface water systems; details of consultation to be undertaken with the NSW Office of Water and Department of Primary Industries (Fisheries) should design changes necessitate a watercourse crossing; management of dewatering measures if deemed necessary to support decommissioning; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

53 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 progressive stabilisation of the site in accordance with the management measures presented in the DSWQMP and rehabilitation management plan; and process for managing unexpected finds of contaminated material. 6.5 HERITAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY An Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan (AHMP) was developed for construction and is provided at Annex H of the DEMP. An updated AHMP will be developed to guide decommissioning activities and it is expected that this will address the following: Aboriginal and non-aboriginal Heritage objectives and targets; description of legal and other requirements including relevant MCoAs, legislation and applicable guidelines governing heritage management for the project; agreed measures to manage previously identified Aboriginal Heritage sites and any chance finds for the decommissioning works associated with the project; avoidance of the areas designated in the AHMP; preparation of EMWS will include physical inspection of the disturbance area; in the event that previously unidentified potential Aboriginal Heritage sites or human remains are discovered the applicable chance finds procedure should be implemented in compliance with s89 of NP&W Act and as presented in the AHMP; all personnel involved with ground breaking activities in the Project Area will undertake a cultural awareness training programme; Ongoing consultation with Aboriginal Stakeholder s will be undertaken in accordance with OEH s Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation Requirements for Proponents 2010; in the event that a historic site or artefact (as defined by the Heritage Act 1977) is identified during decommissioning, the chance find procedure provided in the AHMP for historic heritage will be followed; and all personnel involved with ground breaking activities in the Project Area will undertake historic heritage compliance training. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

54 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER FLORA AND FAUNA MANAGEMENT PLAN SUMMARY MCoA 7.3(c) requires the preparation and implementation of a Decommissioning Flora and Fauna Management Plan (DFFMP) to outline measures to protect and minimise loss of native vegetation and native fauna habitat as a result of construction of the project. Condition 7.8 required that all conditions for preparation of a CFFMP be applied to the preparation of a Decommissioning Flora and Fauna Management Plan. The CFFMP is provided in Annex E, has been developed in consultation with OEH and includes: plans to identify terrestrial vegetation communities; important flora and fauna habitat areas; locations where threatened species, populations or ecological communities have been recorded or are likely to occur; and areas to be cleared. The plans must also identify vegetation adjoining the site where this contains important habitat areas and / or threatened species, populations or ecological communities; methods to manage impacts of flora and fauna species (terrestrial and aquatic) and their habitat which may be directly or indirectly affected by the project, such as location of fencing, procedures for clearing of vegetation or soil and procedures for re-locating hollows or installing nesting boxes. rehabilitation details, such as the use of locally native species in rehabilitation and landscaping works and methods to re-use topsoil and cleared vegetation; impact avoidance and mitigation measures outlined in section 4 of the EA; a Weed Management Strategy; and a program for reporting on the effectiveness of terrestrial flora and fauna management measures. Management methods must be reviewed where found to be ineffective FFMP Updates prior to Decommissioning As a minimum, the following aspects will be required to be addressed and demonstrated within the Decommissioning FFMP for GRWF: preparation of an updated Environmental Sensitive Area Maps showing clearly environmental information for use by the site decommission team in preparing and implementing the DFFMP; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

55 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 provide a clear description of proposed decommissioning activities and potential flora and fauns impacts associated with these; designation of limits for clearing by fencing, barriers, signage or flagging to clearly indicate no-go zones; implementation of a tree and hollow-bearing tree clearance procedure (if necessary); involvement of ecologist for clearing of significant habitat features (if relevant to decommissioning activities); implementation of a weed hygiene protocol and pre-cleaning of vehicles before initially entering the project site and any follow up wash-down requirements; identify areas of noxious weeds on site and apply vehicle hygiene measures for movements of vehicles around the site that may transfer seeds to currently unaffected areas; treat areas of noxious weeds before commencement of works in the weed affected areas; rehabilitate disturbed areas in accordance with the Site Rehabilitation Plan (refer Section 6.13 below) as soon as possible after decommissioning and include weed control programs to prevent establishment and increase in weeds; the requirement for vehicles to stay on tracks and avoid vegetated areas (wherever possible); any imported fill or soil materials must be confirmed as weed free; establish weed management program that applies appropriate control methods for the potential weeds present and targets critical times to limit propagation of noxious weeds; conduct inspections of compliance with clearing limits, establishment of habitat, monitoring of weeds and effectiveness of revegetation; and conduct inspections of excavations and trenches to ensure that fauna is not trapped. If necessary arrange recovery by an experienced fauna handler. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

56 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER BUSHFIRE RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN Decommissioning works have potential to be a source of bushfire initiation. Additionally onsite works and facilities can also be impacted by bushfire. Management of bushfire risk needs to consider both aspects of this issue. MCoA 2.43 requires that: Throughout the life of the project, the Proponent shall regularly consult with the local RFS to ensure its familiarity with the project, including the construction timetable and the final location of all infrastructure on the site. The Proponent shall comply with any reasonable request of the local RFS to reduce the risk of bushfire and to enable fast access in emergencies. MCoA 2.44 further requires that the Proponent Shall: ensure there is appropriate fire-fighting equipment held on site to respond to any fires that may occur at the site during construction, operation and decommissioning of the project; and assist the RFS and emergency services as much as possible if there is a fire on-site during the project. A Bushfire Risk Management Plan is also required under Condition 2.45, which has been prepared for the Project and is summarised below (and located in Annex I). It addresses the requirements for works to ensure that risks of initiating bushfires are effectively mitigated, as follows: Project bushfire management objectives and targets; description of legal and other requirements including relevant MCoAs, legislation and applicable guidelines governing bushfire management for the project; and reasonable and feasible measures to manage bushfire risks within the site for the decommissioning works associated with the Project BRMP Updates prior to Decommissioning Decommissioning will introduce new sources of bushfire risk to the project area and an updated plan is required to manage this. The following aspects are expected to be considered for inclusion into an updated plan: preparation of an updated risk assessment to identify potential fire risks associated with decommissioning; implementation of measures to manage ignition risks and provide for asset protection during decommissioning; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

57 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 confirmation that designated Hot Work activities will only be undertaken in suitable cleared areas and with fire-fighting equipment at hand and with a Hot Works Permit in place; any build-up of combustible material within the work footprint will either removed or managed to mitigate the risk of ignition; emergency management preparedness will include having appropriate firefighting equipment and water supplies on-site and ready to assist RFS with any response to an incident of bush fire. This will include at least one trailer mounted tanker together with firefighting pumps and spray hoses that are ready for immediate operation. RFS will be consulted about the adequacy of the on-site equipment; implementation of response provisions and coordination of bushfire response with organisations such as RFS; identification of measures to monitor Bushfire Risk conditions and alert the EPC Project Manager when the Risk is moderate to High and additional mitigation measures need to be considered; provision of prescribed fire safety equipment to all plant and equipment accessing the Project site, and for those activities that could generate sparks; and identification of emergency evacuation procedures from the wind farm site. 6.8 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT Decommissioning works have the potential to impact local air quality through creation of airborne dust, or vehicle and plant emissions. MCoA 7.7(e) specifically requires the identification of measures to monitor and manage dust emissions. The measures listed below will be implemented during decommissioning where reasonable and feasible to meet the air quality objectives, targets and legal requirements. General Air Quality Measures limit areas disturbed by decommissioning to the minimum area necessary for the safe conduct of the work involved; undertake progressive rehabilitation commencing immediately following the final intended use of any disturbed area; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

58 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 water carts to wet access roads and exposed earth surfaces including stockpiles and other materials that exhibit significant dust lift off; stabilising techniques and / or dust palliatives will be utilised where wetting down of exposed surfaces proves to be ineffective; cease activity if dust controls prove ineffective if required to comply with established standards; no waste will be burnt onsite; prompt action will be taken to extinguish fires in accordance with the GRWF bush fire mitigation and management measures; and soil stockpiles will be managed in accordance with the Decommissioning SWQMP. Vehicle Movement Control Measures selection of access road surface treatment during rehabilitation will consider dust management in addition to track safety and durability requirements in wet weather with a preference for low maintenance/low dust generating materials in high traffic areas; all site personnel will be advised of the requirement to minimise dust generation through via environmental induction, environmental training and pre-start meetings; vehicle speed limits will be restricted on the basis of safety to prevent vehicle based incidents and dust generation hazard; on-site speed limits will be posted around the site and on-site the speed limit requirements will also be captured within the Project induction; traffic movement will be restricted (as far as practicable) to formed access roads and decommissioning tracks; access roads and construction tracks will be watered as required to control dust generation; and site entry points will be finished to prevent mud and dirt tracking on to local roads. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

59 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Vehicle Emission Control Measures all site personnel will be advised of the requirement to minimise unnecessary vehicle and plant emissions as part of the environmental induction; vehicles and on-site plant will be properly maintained to ensure exhaust emissions comply with the NSW Clean Air Regulation 2010 or other regulations at the time of decommissioning; and vehicles and on-site plant will be turned off (where practicable) to avoid unnecessary emissions. Air Quality Monitoring The project will confirm the most appropriate approach to monitoring, taking into account the findings of the risk assessment; where no air quality monitoring activities are conducted, visual identification of dust generation and vehicle emissions will provide the basis for assessing whether improved practices are required dependent on risk arising and available mitigation options; and site inspections will be used to document weather conditions and dust generation on-site. High risk dust generation periods will be subject to closer review of air quality by more frequent observations and as necessary control of dust events. 6.9 DANGEROUS GOODS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES The DEMP will introduce a range of fuels, oil and chemicals to the site that need to be managed to avoid site contamination and ensure safety of all site works and the local community. The DEMP will detail proposed measures for the management and control of dangerous and hazardous substances retained onsite during decommissioning. Examples of likely measures to be implemented are listed below, and would be confirmed following completion of a risk assessment, prior to commencement of decommissioning activities (see section 4.2). Storage of Dangerous Goods And Substances Any fuels stored on site shall: Be stored in a manner to prevent and contain spills; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

60 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 meets the requirements of AS The Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids; storage of Dangerous Goods will be tailored to suit both the type and volume to ensure compliance with AS1940. Bunding will be 110% of the volume or as dictated by AS1940; storage and handling of Dangerous Goods to be undertaken at least 50m away from watercourses, drainage line or permanent water sources; as far as practicable Dangerous Goods will stored in a dedicated Dangerous Good store; Dangerous Goods and hazardous materials shall use approved containers and stored with secondary containment when unsupervised during a construction activity and otherwise kept within an appropriately bunded store. Bunding will be in accordance with AS1940; all containers shall be clearly marked and approved for the specific use; a mobile spill kit shall be located near the fuel storage area to deal with any spill outside of the bunded area; and mobile spill kit to contain at least the following: absorbent pads, socks and pillows; PPE equipment (goggles, gloves); disposal bags; and spills to be contained and treated in accordance with MSDS. Handling Of Dangerous Goods and Substances all leaks and spills will be managed and cleaned-up in accordance with and the spill management and clean-up measures in the final DEMP; and a register of all Dangerous goods and substances and applicable Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be maintained on site. Employees using dangerous or hazardous substances shall be given information, instruction, supervision or training in the following: identification, properties and potential hazards of Dangerous and Hazardous Goods including access to the Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS); ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

61 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 correct use, fitting and storage of personal protection equipment; correct procedures for safe storage and handling of dangerous or hazardous substances; and emergency procedures in case of a spill, leak, fire or explosion. Refuelling Controls If refuelling is to be undertaken onsite, it should occur at least 50m away from watercourses, drainage line or permanent water sources; funnels or extended nozzles shall be used to minimise fuel spillage when fuelling equipment; drip trays will be used when filling machinery outside of bunded areas; and spill kit will be available during refuelling activities WASTE MANAGEMENT A range of wastes will be created during the conduct of the works on site and appropriate management methods are required to manage these wastes. Waste management measures will be detailed within the DEMP and it would be developed in order to demonstrate compliance with the following project commitments MCoA 2.62 requires that: The Proponent shall not cause, permit or allow any waste generated outside the site to be received at the site for storage, treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as expressly permitted by a licence under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste. MCoA 2.63 requires that: The Proponent shall ensure that all liquid and/or non-liquid waste generated on the site is assessed and classified in accordance with Waste Classification Guidelines (DECC, 2008) or any future guideline that may supersede that document and where removed from the site is only directed to a waste management facility lawfully permitted to accept the materials. Measures likely to be implemented as part of a waste management plan are detailed as follows. This would be based on the findings of the risk assessment and a more detailed analysis of likely waste streams at the time of decommissioning. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

62 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 The measures listed below will be implemented where reasonable and feasible to meet the waste management objectives, targets and legal requirements: General Waste Management Measures The following measures are available to reduce the risk of waste impacts during the course of the decommissioning works and will be implemented on an as needs basis: all site personnel will be encouraged to separate waste streams to maximise recycling opportunities; no waste burnt or buried on-site; securely covered, clearly labelled segregated waste and recycling bins would be provided at strategic locations adjacent to the site office(s) and amenities area; and all waste leaving the site will be entered into a site waste register to track the waste type, quantity, transporter and destination of the waste removed from site using a licensed contractor. Waste transport dockets shall be retained on site as part of waste tracking documents. Liquid Waste Management toilet facilities would be provided for onsite workers and sewage from contractor s pump-out toilet facilities would be disposed of by a licensed contractor at local sewage treatment plants or other suitable facility agreed to by Council; onsite grey water generated from kitchen and shower facilities will be captured within a holding tank and removed from site by an appropriately qualified sub-contractor for disposal at a licenced treatment facility; and regulated liquid waste, e.g. waste oil, will be disposed of at an appropriately licenced facility. Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous waste is pre-classified by the NSW Environmental Protection Agency Waste Classification Guidelines and includes the following: containers, having previously contained a substance of Class 1, 3, 4, 5 or 8 within the meaning of the Transport of Dangerous Goods Code, or a substance to which Division 6.1 of the Transport of Dangerous Goods Code applies, from which residues have not been removed by washing or vacuuming; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

63 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 coal tar or coal tar pitch waste (being the tarry residue from the heating, processing or burning of coal or coke) comprising of more than 1% (by weight) of coal tar or coal tar pitch waste; lead-acid or nickel-cadmium batteries (being waste generated or separately collected by activities carried out for business, commercial or community services purposes); lead paint waste arising otherwise than from residential premises or educational or child care institutions; and any mixture of the wastes referred to above. The only Class listed substances that will be onsite within the classes 1, 3, 4, 5 or 8 are: Diesel (Class 1) Fuel containers will be reused as far as practicable. Where GRWF needs to dispose of a fuel container, the container will be disposed of in accordance with EPA guidelines for hazardous waste. Monitoring regular monitoring and inspections will be undertaken during decommissioning; audits will be undertaken of Waste Contractors to ensure they are complying with relevant licences and legislation. This will be at the direction of the EPC Construction Manager; and audits will include currency and compliance with Licence Conditions as well as waste tracking (with reference to the Waste Management Register) to ensure waste taken off-site is disposed of legally and at the appropriate facility. Reporting waste management reporting will be limited to completion of weekly inspections and incident or complaint investigation if required and maintenance of the waste register. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

64 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER SITE REHABILITATION PLAN Throughout decommissioning of the Project, rehabilitation of the disturbed areas will be undertaken. An overview of rehabilitation considerations are provided within this Chapter, and will require update and preparation of a specific rehabilitation plan prior to commencement of decommissioning Objectives of Site Rehabilitation The primary objectives of the rehabilitation and monitoring program are to: return disturbed areas back to its pre-construction conditions and contours; consult with involved landholders and other key stakeholders to establish specific rehabilitation outcomes at a time closer to the date of the anticipated decommissioning; and monitor the rehabilitation of disturbed areas to measure environmental performance Rehabilitation Process Key rehabilitation processes are described in Table 6.2 this will be discussed in further detail prior to commencement of decommissioning and specific targets and process established for the rehabilitation of areas disturbed by specific project components. Table 6.2 Rehabilitation Processes Category Compacted areas Revegetation of disturbed areas Areas of pasture Erosion Control Overview Areas that may have been compacted from heavy machinery during decommissioning works will be re-established through the restoration of topsoil, and graded to reflect the slope and contour of the surrounding area. MCoA 7.3 c (a) requires that the flora and fauna plan includes rehabilitation details, such as use of locally native species in rehabilitation and landscaping works and methods to re-use topsoil and cleared vegetation. This would be updated as part of the Final DEMP. Areas of pasture that require reseeding should be done so with a seed mix agreed to with involved landholders. Measures to prevent soils erosion are to be put in place during rehabilitation. This may include but not limited to: fencing around newly rehabilitated areas to prevent livestock and pest access; mulching around newly established vegetated areas; and adequate levelling and contouring of the rehabilitated areas. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

65 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER Landholder Consultation GRWF is responsible for consulting with landholders regarding all aspects of the rehabilitation process. Prior to undertaking rehabilitation or reseeding works on any landholder s property, GRWF will seek landowner confirmation that the use of the chosen rehabilitation grass seed mixture is acceptable. The broadcast of seed will be undertaken in accordance with best practice guidelines for the seed mix Areas Requiring Rehabilitation Subject to decommissioning works being completed, areas requiring rehabilitation would be determined during weekly environmental site inspections undertaken by the NGRWF environmental representative. The following locations would be inspected to determine the necessary level of rehabilitation: verges of turbine access roads; batters of hardstands; drainage areas; underground cable routes (only where disturbance is unavoidable); substation site surrounds (if required); and temporary decommissioning facilities area after de-mobilisation Maintaining Rehabilitated Area Including Weed Control The maintenance of rehabilitated areas will include: ensuring stability of slopes; ensuring that drainage is appropriate and does not result in ponding or scouring; early rectification of any erosion occurrences; and application of weed control when required and pre-seeding of noxious weeds. In disturbed areas which become dominated by weed species not previously evident in that area, weed control will be undertaken but should ensure that soil stability is maintained. Specific techniques would be discussed with landholders and in consultation with the relevant local weed management authority. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER

66 Annex A Minister s Conditions of Approval (MCoA)

67 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: 1.9 Decommissioning Within one year of decommissioning, the site shall be returned, as far as practicable, to its condition prior to the commencement of construction. All wind turbines and associated above ground structures (i.e. not including turbine foundations) including but not necessarily limited to, the substation, the control and facilities building and electrical infrastructure shall be removed from the site unless otherwise agreed with the Secretary, except where the substation, control room or overhead electricity lines are transferred to or in control of the local electricity network operator. All other elements associated with the project, including site roads, shall be removed unless otherwise agreed to by relevant the landholder(s) If any wind turbine is not used for the generation of electricity for a continuous period of 12 months, it shall be decommissioned by the Proponent, unless otherwise agreed by the Secretary. The Proponent shall keep independently verified annual records of the use of wind turbines for electricity generation. Copies of these records shall be provided to the Secretary upon request. The relevant wind turbine and any associated infrastructure is to be dismantled and removed from the site by the Proponent within 24 months from the date that the wind turbine was last used to generate electricity. General DEMP Condition General DEMP Condition 2.8 Noise Impacts Construction and Decommissioning Noise The proponent shall only undertake construction or decommissioning activities associated with the project that would generate an audible noise at any residential premises during the following hours: a) 7:00am to 6:00pm, Mondays to Friday, inclusive; b) 8:00 to 1:00pm on Saturdays; and c) At no time on Sundays or public holidays. This condition does not apply in the event of a direction from police or other relevant authority for safety reasons, or emergency work to avoid the loss of lives, property and / or to prevent environmental harm. Chapter The hours of construction or decommissioning activities specified under condition 2.8 of this approval may be varied with the prior written approval of the Secretary. Any request to alter the hours of construction or decommissioning specified under condition 2.8 shall be: a) Considered on a case-by-case basis; and b) Accompanied by details of the nature and need for activities to be conducted during the varied construction or decommissioning hours and any other information necessary to reasonably determine that activities undertaken during the varied construction or Chapter 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A1

68 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: decommissioning hours will not adversely impact on the acoustic amenity of receptors in the vicinity of the site; and c) Affected residential receivers being informed of the timing and duration of work approved under this condition at least 48 hours before that work commences During construction or decommissioning, the Proponent shall minimise noise emissions from plant and equipment operated on the site by installing and maintaining, wherever practicable, efficient silencers, low-noise mufflers (residential standard) and replacement of reversing alarms on vehicles with alternative silent measures, such as flashing lights. Chapter Construction or Decommissioning Blasting Blasting associated with the construction or decommissioning of the project shall only be undertaken during the following hours: a) 9:00am to 5:00pm, Mondays to Fridays, inclusive; b) 9:00am to 1:00pm on Saturdays; and c) At no time on Sundays or public holidays. The Proponent shall ensure that the air blast overpressure generated by blasting associated with the project does not exceed the criteria specified in Table 1 when measures at the most affected residential or sensitive receiver: Table 1 Air blast Overpressure Criteria Chapter Air blast Overpressure (db(lin) Peak)) Allowable Exceedance Chapter % of total number of blasts ove 12 month period. 120 Never The Proponent shall ensure that the ground vibration generated by blasting associated with the project does not exceed the criteria specified in Table 2 when measured at the most-affected residential or sensitive receiver Peak Particle Velocity Criteria (mms -1 ) Allowable Exceedance Chapter % of total number of bla over a 12 month period 10 Never ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A2

69 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: 2.14 Prior to each blasting event, the Proponent shall notify the relevant local council and potentially-affected landholders, including details of the time and location of the blasting event and providing a contact point for inquiries and complaints. Chapter Bushfire Risk Throughout the life of the project, the Proponent shall regularly consult with the local RFS to ensure its familiarity with the project, including the construction timetable and the final location of all infrastructure onsite. The Proponent shall comply with any reasonable request of the local RFS to reduce the risk of bushfire and to enable fast access in emergencies. Chapter The Proponent shall: a) Ensure there is appropriate fire-fighting equipment held onsite to respond to any fires that may occur at the site during construction, operation and decommissioning of the project; and b) Assist the RFS and emergency services as much as possible if there is a fire on-site during the project. Chapter Traffic and Transport Impacts Upon determining the haulage route(s) for the construction or decommissioning of the project, the Proponent shall: a) Commission a qualified person to undertake a Road Dilapidation Report of all roads proposed to be used for construction or decommissioning activities in consultation with relevant road authorities. The Report shall assess the current condition of the relevant roads; and b) Following completion of the construction or decommissioning of the project, a subsequent Road Dilapidation Report shall be prepared to assess any damage that may have resulted due to traffic and transport related to the construction or decommissioning of the project. The Proponent shall commit to restore the relevant roads to a state described in the original Road Dilapidation report. The cost of any restorative work described in the subsequent Report or recommended by the relevant road authorities after review of the subsequent Report, shall be funded by the Proponent. Such work shall be undertaken at a time as agreed upon between the Proponent and the relevant road authorities. In the event of a dispute between the parties with respect to the extent of restorative work that may be required under this condition, any party may refer the matter to the Secretary for resolution. The Secretary s determination of any such dispute shall be final and binding on the parties. Chapter 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A3

70 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: Noise Monitoring 3.2 Noise compliance monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the Noise Management Plan under conditions 7.3(a), 7.5(a) and 7.7(a), or as directed by the Secretary in response to noise complaints. Chapter Community Information Plan The Proponent shall prepare and implement a Community Information Plan to the satisfaction of the Secretary. This plan must set out the community communications and consultation processes to be undertaken during the construction, operation and decommissioning of the project. The Plan must include but not be limited to: a) procedures to inform the local community of planned investigations and Construction or decommissioning activities, including blasting works; b) procedures to inform the relevant community of Construction or decommissioning traffic routes and any potential disruptions to traffic flows and amenity impacts; c) procedures to consult with local landowners with regard to Construction or decommissioning traffic to ensure the safety of livestock and to limit disruption to livestock movements; d) procedures to inform the community where work has been approved to be undertaken outside the normal Construction or decommissioning hours, in particular noisy activities; e) procedures to inform and consult with those landowners who are eligible for landscaping on their property as determined under condition 2.2 of this approval; and f) procedures to notify relevant landowners of the process available to review potential impacts on radio and television transmission. Note: With the agreement of the Secretary, an update of the approved Community Information Plan (August 2012) can satisfy the requirements of this condition. Chapter Complaints Procedure Prior to the commencement of construction of the project, the Proponent shall ensure that the following are available for community complaints for the life of the project (including construction, operation and decommissioning): a) a 24-hour telephone number on which complaints about construction, operation and decommissioning activities at the site may be registered; b) a postal address to which written complaints may be sent; and c) an address to which electronic complaints may be transmitted. The telephone number, the postal address and the address must be advertised in a newspaper circulating in the Chapter 4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A4

71 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: locality on at least one occasion prior to the commencement of construction and at six-monthly intervals thereafter. These details must also be provided on the Proponent s internet site. The Proponent shall record details of all complaints received through the means listed under condition 5.4 of this approval in an up-to-date Complaints Register. The Register shall record, but not necessarily be limited to: a) the date and time, where relevant, of the complaint; b) the means by which the complaint was made (telephone, mail or ); c) any personal details of the complainant that were provided, or if no details were provided, a note to that effect; d) the nature of the complaint; e) any action(s) taken by the Proponent in relation to the complaint, including any follow- up contact with the complainant; and f) if no action was taken by the Proponent in relation to the complaint, the reason(s) why no action was taken. The Complaints Register shall be made available for inspection by the Secretary upon request. Compliance Tracking Program Prior to the commencement of construction, the Proponent shall develop and implement a Compliance Tracking Program for the project, to track compliance with the requirements of this approval during the construction, operation or decommissioning of the project and shall include, but not necessarily limited to: a) provisions for an Annual Environmental Management Report (AEMR) that is to be prepared and submitted to the Secretary throughout the operational life of the project. The AEMR must review the performance of the project against the Operational Environmental management Plan, the conditions of this approval and other licences and approvals relating to the project. b) provisions for periodic reporting of the compliance status to the Secretary including at least prior to the commencement of construction of the project, prior to the commencement of operation of the project, and prior to the commencement of decommissioning, c) a program for independent environmental auditing in accordance with AS/NZ ISO 19011: Guidelines for Quality and/or Environmental Management Systems Auditing; d) procedures for rectifying any non-compliance identified during environmental auditing or review of compliance; e) mechanisms for recording environmental incidents and actions taken in response to those incidents; f) provisions for reporting environmental incidents to the Secretary during construction operation and decommissioning; and Chapter 4.5 Chapter 5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A5

72 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: g) provisions for ensuring all employees, contractors and sub-contractors are aware of, and comply with, the conditions of this approval relevant to their respective activities. Environmental Representative Prior to the commencement of the construction, operation or decommissioning of the project, the Proponent shall nominate for the approval of the Secretary a suitably qualified and experienced Environmental Representative(s) independent of the construction, operation or decommissioning personnel. The Proponent shall employ the Environmental Representative(s) for the relevant stage of the project, or as otherwise agreed by the Secretary. The Environmental Representative(s) shall be the Proponent s principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project and shall have responsibility for: a) overseeing the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under this approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; b) considering and advising the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of this approval and the Statement of Commitments as referred to under condition of this approval, permits and licences; and c) having the authority and independence to recommend to the Proponent reasonable steps to be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and, failing the effectiveness of such steps, to recommend to the Proponent that relevant activities are to be ceased as soon as reasonably practicable if there is a significant risk that an adverse impact on the environment will be likely to occur. Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan Details around the requirements of the DEMP are given in Section 1.3. Chapter DEMP Document 7.7 The proponent shall prepared and implement a Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan in accordance with the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DUAP 2004), or its latest revision, by 30 June 2016 and revised every 3 years thereafter, or as otherwise agreed by the Secretary. The plan must include: 7.8 As part of the DEMP required under condition 7.7 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement, but is not limited to, the management plans referred to in condition 7.3. For the purpose of this condition, all references to construction in condition 7.3 must be replaced with decommissioning. Chapter 6 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A6

73 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: 7.3 NOTE: Wording of condition amended to decommissioning in accordance with condition 7.8 As part of the Decommissioning Environmental Management required under condition 7.7 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement, but is not limited to, the following management plans: 7.3(a) A Noise Management Plan to detail measures to minimise noise emissions associated with the decommissioning of the project. The Plan must include, but not necessarily be limited to: Annex C Chapter 6.2 i) Identification of all major sources of noise that may be emitted as a result of the Decommissioning of the project; ii) iii) iv) Specification of the noise criteria as it applies to a particular activity; Identification and implementation of best practice management techniques for minimisation of noise and vibration emissions. Procedures for the monitoring of noise emissions; and 7.3(b) v) Description of the procedures to be undertaken if any non-compliance is detected. A Traffic Management Plan to outline measures for the management and coordination of road works required under this approval and to minimise the potential conflicts between different user groups. The Plan must be prepared in consultation with the RMS and Council and must include, but not necessarily be limited to: Annex D Chapter 6.3 i) Details of the measures to minimise interactions between the project and other users of the roads such as the use of fencing, lights, barriers, traffic diversions etc; ii) iii) iv) Procedures for informing the public where any road access will be restricted as a result of the project; Procedures to inform vehicles drivers and Crookwell Road business owners of the traffic routes to be used by heavy vehicles associated with the project; Procedures to manage decommissioning traffic to ensure the safety of livestock, and school children and limit disruption to school bus timetables; v) Speed limits to be observed along routes to and from the site and within the site; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A7

74 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: vi) vii) Minimum requirements for vehicle maintenance to address noise and exhaust emissions, particularly along roads in close proximity to residences; Precautionary measures such as signage to warn users of the Bicentennial National Trail about the construction activities for the project; viii) Details of the expected behavioural requirements for vehicle drivers travelling to and from the site and within the site; ix) Prohibition of heavy vehicle access to Ross Bridge. 7.3(c) A Flora and Fauna Management Plan to outline measures to protect and minimise loss of native vegetation and native fauna habitat as a result of construction of the project. The Plan must include, but not necessarily be limited to: Annex E and Chapter 6.6 i) Plans to showing terrestrial vegetation communities; important flora and fauna habitat areas; ii) iii) iv) Locations where threatened species, populations or ecological communities have been recorded or are likely to occur; and areas to be cleared. The plans must also identify vegetation adjoining the site where this contains important habitat areas and / or threatened species, populations or ecological communities; Methods to manage impacts of flora and fauna species (terrestrial and aquatic) and their habitat which may be directly or indirectly affected by the project, such as location of fencing, procedures for clearing of vegetation or soil and procedures for re-locating hollows or installing nesting boxes. Rehabilitation details, such as the use of locally native species in rehabilitation and landscaping works and methods to re-use topsoil and cleared vegetation; v) The impact avoidance and mitigation measures outlined in section 4 of the EA; vi) A Weed Management Strategy; and vii) A program for reporting on the effectiveness of terrestrial flora and fauna management measures. Management methods must be reviewed where found to be ineffective. 4.1 Ancillary Facilities Chapter 6.1 The sites for Ancillary Facilities must satisfy the following criteria unless otherwise approved through the Construction Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.2 or the Decommissioning Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.7: a) Be located within the site; ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A8

75 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM DEMP DECEMBER 2016 Condition: Requirement: DEMP Reference: b) Have ready access to the road network; c) Be located to minimise the need for heavy vehicles to travel through residential areas; d) Be sited on relatively level land; e) Be separated from nearest residences by at least 200 m (or at least 250 m for a temporary batch plant); f) Be located above the 20 ARI flood level unless a contingency plan to manage flooding is prepared and implemented; g) Not required vegetation clearing beyond that already required for the project; and h) Not affect the land use of adjacent properties. The location of the Ancillary Facilities must be identified in the CEMP or DEMP and must include an analysis against the above criteria. Where these criteria cannot be met, the CEMP must demonstrate that there will be no adverse impacts from the Ancillary Facilities construction, operation or decommissioning. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 A9

76 Annex B NGRWF Environmental Policy

77

78

79

80 Annex C Construction Noise Management Plan

81 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan GR-PM-PLN-0019 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM JULY 2012

82 ` Document Verification Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Approved by Base document preparation by nghenvironmental: Draft V1 19/07/2012 Nicole Isles Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Document finalisation: Final V1 19/07/2012 Nicole Isles Erwin Budde Erwin Budde suite 1, 39 Fitzmaurice St (PO Box 5464) Wagga Wagga NSW 2650 Australia t e ngh@nghenvironmental.com.au unit 17, 27 yallourn st (po box 1037) fyshwick act 2609 australia t f unit 18, level 3, 21 mary st surry hills nsw 2010 australia t suite 1, 216 carp st (po box 470) bega nsw 2550 australia t suite 7, 5/18 griffin dr (po box 1037) dunsborough wa 6281 australia t

83 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP INTRODUCTION CONSTRUCTION OVERVIEW LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT AIMS AND OBJECTIVES RESPONSIBILITIES SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE NSW CONSTRUCTION NOISE GUIDELINES BLASTING CRITERIA VIBRATION CRITERIA ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS NOISE GENERATING ACTIVITIES RISK ASSESSMENT NOISE & VIBRATION CONTROL MEASURES CONSTRUCTION HOURS VARIATIONS TO WORKING HOURS GENERAL NOISE & VIBRATION MITIGATION DRILLING & BLASTING MITIGATION RESONABLE & FEASIBLE NOISE MITIGATION MONITORING & RECORDING NOISE MONITORING VIBRATION MONITORING INSPECTION AND REPORTING KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS APPENDICES 21 APPENDIX A NVMP CONDITIONS, CROSS REFERENCE TABLE APPENDIX B SOUND INTENSITY RECORD SHEET APPENDIX C NOISE & VIBRATION SENSITIVE RECEIVERS MAPS Final V1 i nghenvironmental

84 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 1557 Final V1 ii nghenvironmental

85 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) TABLES Table 3-1 Personnel with specific waste or spill management responsibilities... 4 Table 5-1 Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (Residences)... 7 Table 5-2 Airblast Overpressure Criteria... 8 Table 5-3 Peak Particle Velocity Criteria... 8 Table 5-4 Preferred and maximum weighted rms values for continuous and impulsive vibration acceleration (m/s2)1-80 Hz... 9 Table 5-5 Acceptable vibration dose values for intermittent vibration (m/s1.75)... 9 Table 6-1: Noise generating activities Table 6-2: Expected Consequence Table 6-3: Likelihood & Risk Matrix Table 6-4: Risk assessment Table 7-1 Plant and equipment noise control measures Table 7-2 Drill and blast mitigation measures Table 7-3 Reasonable and feasible noise mitigation measures Table 9-1 Environmental Monitoring Requirements Table 10-1 Addressing Key performance Indicators Final V1 iii nghenvironmental

86 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP Documents Required Before Construction Documents Requirements Before Operation Other Documents Stage 1 Community Information Plan FINANCIAL CLOSE Stage 2 Compliance Tracker CONSTRUCTION Stage 3 Website Community Enhancement CEP approval Stakeholder Communications Complaints Procedure Compensatory Habitat Package Bird and Bat Management Plan Powerful Owl Management TV & Radio SSMP Bushfire Risk Management Plan Aviation Management Plan Lease Arrangements for Decommissioning CEMP- TMP CEMP- SWMP CEMP- WMP CEMP- BSMP CEMP- BMP CEMP- NVMP CEMP- FFMP CEMP- CHMP Land Acquisition Progress Documents OEMP- RNP OEMP- NOS OEMP- NCP OEMP- LMP Safety Management System Shadow Flicker Master List of Management Detailed Design Commissioning Documents Turbine Supply Agreement Project Schedule Final Layout (WTG) Layout Drawings Consistency Review Project Management Documents Ongoing Document Non-ongoing Document Reference Document Operation and Maintenance Documents Construction Certificates OPERATION 1557 Final V1 1 nghenvironmental

87 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 CONSTRUCTION OVERVIEW The Gullen Range Wind Farm (GRWF) is located along a continuous north to south ridgeline that forms part of the Great Dividing Range of Australia. The area surrounding the range is known as the Southern Tablelands, whose topography is characterised by flat land that is elevated above sea level. Over the years the landscape has been progressively cleared and converted to partureland for cattle grazing. In general, the project involves the development and operation of 73 wind turbines including all electrical and civil works associated with its construction and operation. This includes access roads to the wind farm, access roads between individual turbines, electrical infrastructure and maintenance facilities. Refer to CEMP for further detail. The project is to be constructed over 22 months between late 2012 and the beginning of 2014 There are approximately 243 rural residential dwellings situated in an area within an approximate 6km buffer surrounding the Project Site (Refer to Appendix C). It is anticipated that most construction will occur during standard construction hours. Construction activities include: Construction of access roads Establishment of turbine tower foundations and electrical substation Digging of trenches to accommodate underground power cables Erection of turbine towers and assembly of WTGs 2.2 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared for the Gullen Range Wind Farm Works. This Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP) forms a subplan as part of the CEMP and is compliant with the respective legislative requirements: Federal Legislation; State Legislation and Permit Requirements; and Local Government Planning, Ordinances and By-Laws The Conditions of Consent (L&ECO and SRSoC) in Appendix A outline the environment requirements specific to noise and vibration management Final V1 2

88 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 2.3 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The NVMP has been defined to detail the processes and control measures to be initiated to mitigate impacts of construction activity that have the potential to give rise to excessive noise or vibration. The Plan shall be specifically enacted in accordance with the Land and Environment Court s Conditions of Consent (L&ECO). The control measures and mitigation processes shall be implemented by all parties who are either directly employed by the project or subcontracted and will apply to all noise and vibration activities for the Gullen Range Wind Farm (GRWF). This plan shall be monitored by GRWF Pty Ltd to ensure consistency and compliance with both the GRWF specifications and NSW and federal legislative requirements. These processes shall be implemented by all parties who are either directly employed by GRWF Pty Ltd or subcontracted and will apply to all construction activities with the potential to cause noise and/or vibration impacts. The implementation of this plan shall be monitored by GRWF Pty Ltd staff or by the Principal contractor engaged by GRWF to ensure consistency and compliance with the L&ECO s and CoC s. NB: GRWF Pty Ltd, its employees, its Principal contractor and subcontractors will exercise a duty of care at all times with respect to the protection of the environment by complying with the process defined in this NVMP. Commonwealth, state and local legislation shall be strictly adhered to Final V1 3

89 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to noise and vibration management are detailed in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 Personnel with specific waste or spill management responsibilities Role Responsibility Authority Senior management and strategic control (SMSC) Project Manger (PM) Owner s Representative EPC Manager Environmental Representative Ensure that all personnel including sub-contractors complete an induction prior to the mobilising for work. Provide necessary resources / facilities for the prevention of noise pollution and vibration monitoring as directed by the ER. Ensure that all environmental incidents involving noise and vibration are adequately reported to the relevant government agencies. Ensure that corrective actions including noise pollution complaints, communicated by the EPC Manager are closed out within the stipulated timeframe. Delegates to GRWF Pty Ltd Project Manager Owners Representative Confirm as part of inductions/ pre-start & toolbox meetings, that all personnel are familiar with the requirements for the prevention of noise pollution and vibration monitoring. Confirm with and report to the ER, any suspected non-compliance by subcontractors or any employees and site visitors over noise pollution. Follow instructions from EPC Manager and ER in relation to the prevention of noise pollution and vibration monitoring. Provide senior support to the EPC Manager, ER and site staffs to ensure environmental works are carried out in accordance with the NVMP. Assist in the investigation of any environmental incidents or complaints involving noise and vibration. Consult as necessary, with GRWF s PM and ER on matters relating to noise and vibration. Assist in the delivery of project specific inductions, environmental awareness training sessions, pre-starts and toolbox meetings. Ensure all employees and sub-contractors are aware of the protocols pertaining to the prevention of noise pollution and vibration monitoring. Ensure necessary notifications and community consultation has been given prior to carrying out excessive noise generating works. Submit incident reports when required for due diligence and communicate with the Environmental Representative as necessary. Be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; Oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; Consider and advise the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental Authority to limit and stop works All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Authority to update CEMP and implement upon ER endorsement and DoP/Agency Approval Stop Work orders Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF PM OR Delegates to discipline managers Stop Work orders Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken Final V1 4

90 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Role Responsibility Authority performance and impacts of the project; Ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and Be given the authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer (SCECO) Onsite construction staff Responsible for the implementation and maintenance of CEMP To report incidents to ER and EPC Manager To implement corrective actions Monitor corrective actions Comply with regulations within CEMP Ensure training is delivered and appropriate Site Construction and Environmental Officers (SCEOs) are responsible for the dayto-day management of all on-site environmental aspects including field-testing, site inspections and any monitoring requirements within their designated area(s). SCEOs play a key role as part of the construction team, and play a practical role in maintaining on-site environmental controls (e.g. erosion and sedimentation controls, incident response) and environmental data collection Ensure goals of CEMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Receive training Implementation of stop work orders Reports to EPC manager Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) 1557 Final V1 5

91 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 4 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. CEMP and EWMS documentation is to be supplied to the GRWF Pty Ltd Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. GRWF Pty Ltd will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Formal advice in this respect will be provided to the subcontractor before works can commence Final V1 6

92 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 5 LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE 5.1 NSW CONSTRUCTION NOISE GUIDELINES The EPA has released the interim construction noise guideline (ICNG). The ICNG sets out noise criteria applicable to construction site noise for the purpose of defining intrusive noise impacts. Table 5-1 sets out the noise management levels and how they are to be applied. The guideline sets out Noise Management Levels (NMLs) at residences, and how they are to be applied, as presented in Table 5-1. This approach intends to provide respite for residents exposed to excessive construction noise outside the recommended standard hours whilst allowing construction during the recommended standard hours without undue constraints. Table 5-1 Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (Residences) Time of Day Recommended standard hours: Monday to Friday 7.00 am to 6.00 pm Saturday 8.00 am to 1.00 pm No work on Sundays or public holidays Outside recommended standard hours Management Level Laeq(15minute) 1 Noise affected RBL + 10 dba Highly noise affected 75 dba Noise affected RBL + 5 dba How to apply The noise affected level represents the point above which there may be some community reaction to noise. Where the predicted or measured LAeq(15minute) is greater than the noise affected level, the proponent should apply all feasible and reasonable work practices to minimise noise. The proponent should also inform all potentially impacted residents of the nature of works to be carried out, the expected noise levels and duration, as well as contact details. The highly noise affected level represents the point above which there may be strong community reaction to noise. Where noise is above this level, the proponent should consider very carefully if there is any other feasible and reasonable way to reduce noise to below this level. If no quieter work method is feasible and reasonable, and the works proceed, the proponent should communicate with the impacted residents by clearly explaining the duration and noise level of the works, and by describing any respite periods that will be provided. A strong justification would typically be required for works outside the recommended standard hours. The proponent should apply all feasible and reasonable work practices to meet the noise-affected level. Where all feasible and reasonable practices have been applied and noise is more than 5 dba above the noise-affected level, the proponent should negotiate with the community. NB: Noise levels apply at the property boundary that is most exposed to construction noise. If the property boundary is more than 30 m from the residence, the location for measuring or predicting noise levels is at the most noise-affected point within 30 m of the residence Final V1 7

93 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 5.2 BLASTING CRITERIA Presently, no blasting is anticipated to be required during the construction program. However, should blasting be required, the following provides an outline of environmental management and monitoring procedures required to be implemented. A Blast Management Plan would be prepared for each blast, prior to the event occurring, detailing how the below criteria are to be met. The EPA advocates the use of the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) guideline Technical basis for guidelines to minimise annoyance due to blasting overpressure and ground vibration for assessing potential residential disturbance arising from blast emissions. The ANZECC guidelines for control of blasting impact at residences are as follows: The recommended maximum level for airblast is 115 db Linear. The level of 115 db Linear may be exceeded on up to 5% of the total number of blasts over a period of 12 months. The level should not exceed 120 db Linear at any time (Table 5-2). The recommended maximum for ground vibration is 5 mm/s, Peak Vector Sum (PVS) vibration velocity. It is recommended however, that 2 mm/s (PVS) be considered as the long term regulatory goal for the control of ground vibration. The PVS level of 5 mm/s may be exceeded on up to 5% of the total number of blasts over a period of 12 months. The level should not exceed 10 mm/s at any time (Table 5-3) when measured at the most-affected residential or sensitive receiver. Blasting should generally take place no more than once per day. Table 5-2 Airblast Overpressure Criteria Air Blast Overpressure (db(lin Peak)) Allowable Exceedance 115 5% of total number of blasts over a 12 month period 120 Never Table 5-3 Peak Particle Velocity Criteria Peak Particle Velocity Criteria (mm -1 ) Allowable Exceedance 5 5% of total number of blasts over a 12 month period 10 Never Prior to each blasting event, GRWF Pty Ltd will notify the relevant local council and potentially affected landowners, including details of time and location of the blasting event and providing a contact point for inquiries and complaints. 5.3 VIBRATION CRITERIA The EPA guideline, Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline will be used to measure and assess vibration impacts and is based on British Standard BS Vibration sources are defined as continuous, impulsive or intermittent. Section 2 of the technical guideline defines each type of vibration as follows: 1557 Final V1 8

94 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Continuous vibration: Continues uninterrupted for a defined period. Impulsive vibration: A rapid build up to a peak followed by a damped decay that may or may not involve several cycles of vibration (depending on frequency and damping). Intermittent vibration: Interrupted periods of continuous or repeated periods of impulsive vibration that varies significantly in magnitude. The criteria are to be applied to a single weighted root mean square (rms) acceleration source level in each orthogonal axis. Section 2.3 of this guideline presents preferred and maximum vibration values for residences as seen in Table 5-4. There is a low probability of adverse comment or disturbance to building occupants at vibration values below the preferred values. Table 5-4 Preferred and maximum weighted rms values for continuous and impulsive vibration acceleration (m/s2)1-80 Hz Preferred values Maximum values Location Assessment period z-axis x- and y- axes z-axis x- and y- axes Continuous vibration Residences Daytime Night-time Impulsive vibration Residences Daytime Night-time Intermittent vibration is to be assessed using vibration dose values (VDV s) measured in millimetres per second (mm/s). The VDV method is more sensitive to peaks in the acceleration waveform. VDV accumulates the vibration energy received over the daytime and nighttime periods. Acceptable values for residences are presented in Section 2.4 of the guideline and Table 5-5 below. Table 5-5 Acceptable vibration dose values for intermittent vibration (m/s1.75) Daytime Nigh-time Location Preferred value Maximum value Preferred value Maximum value Intermittent vibration Residences Final V1 9

95 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 6 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS 6.1 NOISE GENERATING ACTIVITIES Noise generating activities are likely to occur during the construction stages as detailed in Table 6-1. Table 6-1: Noise generating activities Construction Stage Noise Generating Activity Sources of Noise Site Establishment and ongoing management Earthworks Foundation construction Turbine erection Track construction, road works, site compound construction and operation Track and crane pad construction, trenching Excavation, rock breaking, loading and unloading of dump trucks Lifting of turbine tower pieces and rotary elements Heavy plant and machinery, trucks, generators, light vehicles Heavy plant and machinery, trucks, light vehicles Heavy plant and machinery, trucks, light vehicles Delivery trucks, cranes Aboveground powerlines Erection of poles, stringing of cables Heavy plant and machinery, light vehicles, helicopter 6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT The environmental activities referred to in this plan are those activities associated with the project that have the potential to cause a degree of environmental risk which needs to be managed accordingly. Construction activities have the potential to increase noise and vibration impacts above background levels. A Risk Assessment has been conducted to identify the likely risks from the construction works on noise and vibration receivers in the vicinity of the project. The consequences and likelihood descriptions are provided in Table 6-2 and Table 6-3, with the risk matrix shown in Table Final V1 10

96 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Table 6-2: Expected Consequence Table 6-3: Likelihood & Risk Matrix 1557 Final V1 11

97 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Table 6-4: Risk assessment Activity Potential Impact Likelihood Consequence Risk Score Clearing & Grubbing Civil works including track construction, turbine footing/crane hardstand construction Pole & Line Installation Construction of the substation Operation of the site compound Construction noise may impact nearby residences Construction noise may impact nearby residences Vibration and overpressure causing discomfort for nearby sensitive receivers Vibration and overpressure causing structural damage to buildings Overpressure exceedance resulting in breach of L&ECO Ground vibration exceedance resulting in breach of L&ECO Disruption or complaint caused by failure to notify relevant local councils and potentiallyaffected landowners of blasting events Construction noise may impact nearby residences, particularly if using helicopters Noise impacts to nearby residences Operation of the site compound may cause noise impacts to nearby residences C 2 8 C 2 8 C 2 8 A 1 1 B 2 5 B 2 5 C 3 13 D 2 12 C 2 8 C Final V1 12

98 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 7 NOISE & VIBRATION CONTROL MEASURES 7.1 CONSTRUCTION HOURS The GRWF Pty Ltd SMSC and PM are to ensure construction activities associated with the project that would generate an audible noise at any sensitive receptor will be only be undertaken during the following hours: Mondays to Fridays Saturdays Sundays or public holidays 7:00 am to 6:00 pm 8:00 am to 1:00 pm At no time Blasting associated with the construction of the project must only be undertaken during the following hours: Mondays to Fridays Saturdays Sundays or public holidays 9:00 am to 5:00 pm 9:00 am to 1:00 pm At no time This does not apply in the event of a direction from police or other relevant authority for safety reasons, or emergency work to avoid the loss of lives, property and/or to prevent environmental harm. 7.2 VARIATIONS TO WORKING HOURS The approved working hours for construction activities (as seen above) can be varied with prior written approval from the Director General. Each request will be considered on a case-by-case basis and must include: Details of the nature and need for activities to be conducted during the varied construction hours. Proof that the activities undertaken during the varied construction hours will not adversely impact on sensitive receivers in the vicinity of the site. Consultation with affected landholders included information regarding the timing, duration and location of works undertaken within the varied times and a contact point for any inquiries or complaints at least 48 hours before any works commence. 7.3 GENERAL NOISE & VIBRATION MITIGATION The control measures in Table 7-1 will be applied to minimise and prevent unnecessary noise and vibration emissions during construction: Table 7-1 Plant and equipment noise control measures Control measure Responsibility Timing Select appropriately sized machinery and equipment and design procedures for use in order to comply with vibration emission limits and to reduce noise generation where practicable. Foreman PM Pre-construction Establish communications with relevant authorities and SCEO s Pre-construction 1557 Final V1 13

99 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) local residents. Ensure equipment is operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions including replacement of engine covers, repair of defective silencing equipment, installation of low-noise mufflers (residential standard), tightening of rattling components, repair of leakages in compressed air lines and shutting down equipment not in use. All plant and equipment is serviced by a qualified mechanic and maintained in full working order. Avoid the operation of noisy equipment near noisesensitive areas and where possible, loading and unloading should be conducted away from sensitive areas. Position plant and equipment on site in a position that provides the most acoustic shielding from buildings and topography. Plant known to emit noise in one direction should be orientated, where practicable to screen the emissions. Select site access points and haul roads away from sensitive receivers. PM Foreman Plant operators PM Foreman PM Foreman Plant and equipment operators PM Foreman Plant operators PM Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Stabilise access tracks with gravel or similar all weather material and position away from sensitive receivers. PM Pre-construction Regularly grade and stabilise access roads to reduce noise from trucks rattling PM Ongoing Ensure equipment and diesel combustion engines (including delivery and disposal trucks) are turned off when not in use. Ensure machinery used is appropriately sized to prevent over-loading and over-revving. Where feasible and reasonable install less annoying alternatives to the typical beeper alarms taking into account the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety legislation eg. multifrequency alarms and smart alarms. Ensure traffic movement are kept to a minimum and undertaken in accordance with the TMP. Deliveries are to be undertaken in accordance with the TMP (eg. Restrict the use of exhaust/engine brakes in built up areas for night deliveries). Keep truck drivers informed of designated vehicle routes, parking locations, acceptable delivery hours or other relevant practices (for example, minimising the PM Foreman Vehicle operators PM Foreman PM Foreman Plant operators PM Vehicle operators PM PM Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 1557 Final V1 14

100 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) use of engine brakes, and no extended periods of engine idling) Overhead transmission lines associated with the project are to be constructed to minimise the generation of corona noise (eg using weatherproof materials) and Aeolian noise (eg attaching dampeners) as far as reasonable and feasible at nearest sensitive receivers. PM Ongoing 7.4 DRILLING & BLASTING MITIGATION Drilling and blasting provides an efficient and cost-effective method for fracturing rock from its parent material. Minimising blast related impacts would be achieved through consultation with sensitive receivers in accordance with the CIP and as per the mitigation measures in Table 7-2 below. Table 7-2 Drill and blast mitigation measures Control measure Responsibility Timing The blast charge configured will be selected by the specialist Blasting Sub-Contractor to minimise impacts on sensitive receivers. Prior to each blasting event, the relevant local council and potentially-affected landowners will be notified in accordance with the CIP, including details of time and location of the blasting event and providing a contact point for inquiries and complaints. Before blasting, critical locations will be identified and appropriate measures taken (eg reduction of blast size) to limit overpressure and vibration to acceptable levels. All sensitive receivers will be informed of blasting activities, as per the CIP with blasting to be scheduled for a set time and day so that blasting will not occur more than once on any set day. An alteration to the agreed arrangement will be communicated to nearby residences to avoid any surprises. A monitoring regime for all blasts will be developed (refer to Section 8). Where airblast overpressure levels are anticipated to exceed ANZEEC guidelines, GRWF will negotiate an arrangement with the potentially affected receivers so as to mitigate any adverse impact on amenity. Consideration will be given to delaying or cancelling the blast under extreme enhancing weather conditions (eg temperature inversion layer). PM Blasting Sub-Contractor PM PM Blasting Sub-Contractor PM PM SCEO PM SCEO PM Prior to blasts Prior to blasts Prior to blasts Prior to blasts Ongoing Periodic prior to certain blasts Prior to blasts 1557 Final V1 15

101 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 7.5 RESONABLE & FEASIBLE NOISE MITIGATION When noise impacts exceed the guideline levels at residences, an evaluation of reasonable and feasible mitigation measures will be undertaken to reduce the impacts. Reasonable and feasible mitigation measures that may be used, as recommended in the ICNG, have been identified in Table 7-3. Table 7-3 Reasonable and feasible noise mitigation measures Control measure Responsibility Timing Timing Where reasonable and feasible, noisy activity will be carried out in the least sensitive time periods (to be determined through community consultation (CIP)). Plant, equipment and methods Where reasonable or feasible, use quieter construction methods (eg choice of plant/ equipment or methods). Where this is not possible, siting in of noise machinery/equipment will be undertaken as far away from the nearest receiver as possible. Examine and implement, where feasible and reasonable, alternatives to rock-breaking work methods, such as hydraulic splitters for rock and concrete, hydraulic jaw crushers, chemical rock and concrete splitting, and controlled blasting such as penetrating cone fracture. The suitability of alternative methods should be considered on a case-by-case basis. Examine different types of machines that perform the same function and compare the noise level data to select the least noisy machine. Monitor and check noise levels of machinery and equipment (eg the condition of mufflers). Vehicles found to produce excessive noise compared to normal industry expectations should be stood down until repairs or modifications can be made. Place as much distance as possible between the plant or equipment and residences. PM PM Foreman PM PM Foreman PM SCEO PM Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Use temporary site buildings and materials stockpiles as noise barriers. Use natural landform as a noise barrier place fixed equipment in cuttings, or behind earth berms. PM Foreman PM Ongoing Pre-construction Consultation Consult with affected neighbours about scheduling activities to minimise noise impacts in accordance with the CIP. PM Pre-construction Ongoing 1557 Final V1 16

102 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Provide, reasonably ahead of time, information such as total building time, what works are expected to be noisy, their duration, what is being done to minimise noise and when respite periods will occur in accordance with the CIP. For works outside standard hours, inform affected residents and other sensitive land use occupants between five and 14 days before commencement. Offer project specific respite when residents are subject to lengthy periods of noise or vibration (eg temporary accommodation). PM PM Ongoing Ongoing Directly notify residents by a phone call ahead of upcoming noisy activities. PM Directly prior to noisy activities In the event that additional projects nearby are concurrent with the proposed GRWF, then early consultation will be undertaken to ensure that additional construction noise issues are addressed where applicable PM Ongoing 1557 Final V1 17

103 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 8 MONITORING & RECORDING 8.1 NOISE MONITORING Specific noise monitoring may be conducted throughout the project. Circumstances where noise monitoring may be required include: for the use of a helicopter during stringing activities if noise complaints are received Where it is identified that noise monitoring is required, the use of an acoustic meter with current calibration certification, traceable to a known national standard is required for accurate measurement. The following guidance is provided. Using a topographic map or aerial photograph of the site, mark the strategic locations for the survey particularly adjacent to noise sensitive areas. Number each location and list them on the Sound Intensity Record Sheet (refer Appendix C). Take readings at each of the locations indicated following the instructions issued with the meter and record each reading on the sheet ensuring all the parameters listed have been recorded: Date Location (e.g; Location 3) Condition (dry, sunny, westerly wind, temp. 23C etc) 15 minute reading LA min, LA 10, LA 90 & LA eq Comments (e.g; climate conditions, external noise source factors e.g, plane passing overhead, birds chirping and car s driving past). This exercise should be repeated on a regular basis if required to establish any emission patterns with particular equipment or types of activities etc. Levels of noise may change due to altered conditions on the site, heavier equipment, and changes to work practices. If any of these occur, it is advisable to repeat the exercise. 8.2 VIBRATION MONITORING It is not anticipated that vibration monitoring will be required during the normal course of construction works (excluding blasting). Vibration monitoring would only be adopted upon receiving a complaint or a specific directive from a government agency. Where required vibration monitoring instrumentation will be deployed as close to the sensitive building/ structure as possible (with owner consent). Continuous vibration monitoring procedures employed will be guided by the requirements of EPA s interim guideline Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline dated Feb The instrumentation will be installed, operated and maintained by suitably qualified or trained personnel. The instruments will carry current NATA or manufacturer calibration certificates. All completed survey sheets shall be filed in the site environmental records file for review by the GRWF Pty Ltd SCEO and PM. Where it is uncertain if the levels attained exceed the legislative or client requirement, confirmation will be sort via the GRWF Pty Ltd PM Final V1 18

104 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 9 INSPECTION AND REPORTING Inspection, monitoring and surveillance regimes are detailed within the main CEMP document. The tables below summarise important actions relevant to noise and vibration management. Table 9-1 Environmental Monitoring Requirements Inspection Objectives Responsibility Output Timing Site inspection Review status of all controls and general environmental performance SCEO Weekly Environmental Checklist Weekly Site Inspection Observe general environmental performance SCEO/EPC Manager Correct any observed NCR s as they arise As required to coincide with inspections 1557 Final V1 19

105 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) 10 KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS The controls identified in this NVMP should be adapted as required to ensure the objectives are achieved. Table 10-1 identifies KPI s relevant to noise and vibration and where they have been addressed in the CEMP. Table 10-1 Addressing Key performance Indicators KPI How it will be met Noise Compliance with ICNG Section 7 Zero noise complaints as a result of construction activities Section 7 Lower than predicted noise impacts Section 7 Zero prosecutions or infringements by regulatory authorities Section 7 Vibration Prevent damage to adjacent public utilities, structures and residential buildings from construction vibration Prevent detrimental health impacts on public and personnel in the vicinity of the GRWF associated with vibration Section 7 Section Final V1 20

106 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) APPENDICES 1557 Final V1 21

107 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) APPENDIX A NVMP CONDITIONS, CROSS REFERENCE TABLE Condition Timing Reference to NVMP PC C Land & Environmental Court Conditions 2. SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Noise Impacts Construction Noise The Proponent shall only undertake construction activities associated with the project that would generate an audible noise at any sensitive receptor during the following hours: a. 7.am 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, Mondays to Fridays, inclusive; b. 8:00 am to 1:00 pm on Saturdays; and c. at no time on Sundays or public holidays. This condition does not apply in the event of a direction from police or other relevant authority for safety reasons, or emergency work to avoid the loss of lives, property and/or to prevent environmental harm. The hours of construction activities specified under conditions 2.9 and 2.10 of this approval may be varied with the prior written approval of the Director-General. Any request to alter the hours of construction specified under conditions 2.9 and 2.10 shall be: a. considered on a case-by-case basis; b. accompanied by details of the nature and need for activities to be conducted during the varied construction hours and any other information necessary to reasonably determine that activities undertaken during the varied construction hours will not adversely impact on the acoustic amenity of sensitive receptors in the vicinity of the site; and c. affected receptors being informed of the timing, duration and location of the works approved under this condition as well as a contact point for inquiries and complaints at least 48 hours before that work commences. During construction the Proponent shall minimise noise emissions from plant and equipment operated on the site by installing and maintaining, wherever practicable, efficient silencers, low-noise mufflers (residential standard) and replacement of reversing alarms on vehicles with alternative silent measures, such as flashing lights. Construction Blasting Blasting associated with the construction of the project shall only be undertaken during the following hours: a. 9:00 am to 5:00 pm, Mondays to Fridays, inclusive; b. 9:00 am to 1:00 pm on Saturdays; and c. at no time on Sundays or public holidays. The Proponent shall ensure that air blast overpressure generated by blasting associated with the project does not exceed the criteria specified in Table 1 when measured at the most-affected residential or sensitive receiver. x Section 7.1 x x Section 7.2 x Section 7.5 x Section 7.1 x Section 5.2 & Final V1 22

108 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Condition Timing Reference to NVMP PC C Table 1 Airblast Overpressure Criteria Air blast overpressure (db(lin Peak)) Allowable Exceedence 115 5% of total number of blasts over a 12 month period 120 Never The Proponent shall ensure that the ground vibration generated by blasting associated with the project does not exceed the criteria specified in Table 2 when measured at the most-affected residential or sensitive receiver. x Section 5.2 & Table 2 Peak particle velocity Criteria Peak Particle Velocity Criteria (mms -1 ) 5 Allowable Exceedance 5% of total number of blasts over a 12 month period Never Prior to each blasting event, the Proponent shall notify the relevant local council and potentially affected landowners, including details of time and location of the blasting event and providing a contact point for inquiries and complaints. As part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.2 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement, but is not limited to, the following management plans: a) a Noise Management Plan to detail measures to minimise noise emissions associated with the construction of the project. The Plan must include, but not necessarily be limited to: I. identification of all major sources of noise that may be emitted as a result of the Construction of the project; II. specification of the noise criteria as it applies to a particular activity; III. identification and implementation of best practice management techniques for minimisation of noise and vibration Section 7.4 x x Section 3 Section 7 Section Final V1 23

109 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) Condition Timing Reference to NVMP PC C emissions; IV. procedures for the monitoring of noise emissions; and V. description of the procedures to be undertaken if any non-compliance is detected. Statements of Committment Construction Noise Exceedance Limit hours of high noise generating activities x x Section 7 Establish communication with relevant authorities and local residents x Section 7.5 Adoption of a site representative responsible for noise and vibrations issues x x Section 3 The contractor would select appropriate machinery for the proposed works. This machinery would have low inherent potential for noise generation where practicable x x Section Where necessary, barriers would be erected around potentially high noise generating areas including generator and high duty compressors x x Section Appropriate siting of noisy machinery. This siting would be as far away from the nearest receiver as possible x Section Cumulative Noise Construction noise: If an additional project proposes concurrent construction timing as the proposed Gullen Range wind farm, the Proponent would enter liaison to ensure that additional construction noise issues were addressed x x Section Final V1 24

110 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) APPENDIX B SOUND INTENSITY RECORD SHEET NOISE & VIBRATION MANAGEMENT ENV-04-AP10-F01 SOUND INTENSITY RECORD SHEET - Insert Project Title Instrument: Page 1 of 1 Date Location Conditions Time Reading Comments LAmin: LAeq: LA10: LA90: Comments: 1557 Final V1 25

111 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019) APPENDIX C NOISE & VIBRATION SENSITIVE RECEIVERS MAPS 1557 Final V1 26

112 1557 Final V1 27 Gullen Range Wind Farm Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0019)

113 Annex D Construction Traffic Management Plan

114 Traffic Management Plan GR-PM-PLN-0005 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM MARCH 2013

115 ` Document Verification Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Approved by Base document preparation by nghenvironmental: Draft V Scott Hocking Brooke Marshall Brooke Marshall Draft V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Document finalisation: Final V1 consultation comments addressed Final V2 traffic committee comments addressed Final V3 DoP comments addressed Final V4 DoP and ULSC comments addressed Amended Draft Appendices for DoP, ULSC and GMC Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Updated V Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Erwin Budde

116 Document Control Table Revision Date Controlled Copy Holders Final v5 15/3/2013 Department of Planning Ben Bateman Erwin Budde Tom Frood Site Manager OH&S Manager Installation Manager Site Construction and Environmental Manager Owners Engineer Civil and Allied (Balance of Plant contractor) Consolidated Power Projects (Electrical Balance of Plant) Sub-contractors TransGrid Project Manager TransGrid TransGrid Site Manager TransGrid subcontractors Communications and Stakeholder engagement personnel

117 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP INTRODUCTION LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT AIMS AND OBJECTIVES RESPONSIBILITIES SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT WORK METHOD STATEMENTS TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS TRAFFIC ACTIVITIES ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS MITIGATION STRATEGY INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONTROL TABLE REVIEW AND AUDITS TABLES Table 3-1: Personnel with specific waste responsibilities 4 Table 5-1: Consultation requirements 8 Table 7-1: Risk matrix 19 Table 7-2: Risk assessment 19 Appendix A: Wind Turbine Generator (WTG) component route from Port Kembla to Goulburn Appendix B: Over Sized Vehicle (WTG) delivery route: Goulburn to Gurrundah Site Appendix C: WTG and Delivery Route to north Goulburn to Range Road (via Crookwell) Appendix D: Routes for Construction traffic only Appendix E: Routes for over-sized vehicle (WTG components) Traffic Appendix F: Typical haulage vehicle dimensions 1557 Final V4 inghenvironmental

118 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Appendix G: Road obstacles and services identified as potential constraints for removal Appendix H: Updated Traffic numbers Appendix I: Route for tower deliveries from Victoria 1557 Final V4 iinghenvironmental

119 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP 1557 Final V4 1nghenvironmental

120 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The Conditions of Consent outline the following environmental requirements, specific to traffic management. Land and Environment Court Condition: 2.48 The proponent shall apply for a Road Occupancy Licence from the RTA [now Roads and Maritime Services, RMS] Traffic Operations Unit prior to commencing work within the classified road reserve or within 100 metres of traffic signals. The application shall be accompanied by a Traffic Control Plan to be prepared by a person who is certified to prepare Traffic Control Plans Upon determining the haulage routes(s) for the construction, the Proponent shall: a) commission a qualified person to undertake a Road Dilapidation Report of all roads proposed to be used for construction activities in consultation with relevant road authorities. The report shall assess the current condition of the relevant roads. b) following completion of construction a subsequent Road Dilapidation Report shall be prepared to assess any damage that may have resulted due to traffic and transport related to the construction and ongoing operation of the project. The Proponent shall commit to restore the relevant roads to a state, described in the original Road Dilapidation Report. The cost of any restorative work described in the subsequent Report, shall be funded by the Proponent. Such work shall be undertaken at a time as agreed upon between the Proponent and the relevant road authorities. In the event of a dispute between the parties with respect to the extent of restorative works that may be required under this condition, any party may refer the matter to the Director-General for resolution. The Director-General s determination of any such dispute shall be final and binding on the parties Heavy vehicle access to Ross Bridge will not be permitted for approximately 12 months from the 23 September 2008 as the bridge is undergoing maintenance Prior to the commencement of any works that are part of or extending from Prices Lane, the Proponent is required to obtain the consent of the Surveyor General and a licence under the Crown Lands Act Grabben Gullen Road, Gurrundah Road and Range Road junctions shall be designed and constructed in consultation with Upper Lachlan Shire Council Prior to the commencement of construction, the Proponent shall upgrade all site access roads for temporary use by heavy vehicles to a standard endorsed by the Council to the reasonable and feasible requirements of the Council. 7.3 As part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.2 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement... b) a Traffic Management Plan to outline measures for the management and coordination of road works required under this 1557 Final V4 2 nghenvironmental

121 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) approval and to minimise potential conflicts between different user groups. The Plan must be prepared in consultation with the RTA [now Roads and Maritime Services, RMS] and Council and must include, but not necessarily be limited to: i) details or measures to minimise interactions between the project and other users of the roads such as the use of fencing, lights, barriers, traffic diversions etc; ii) procedures for informing the public where any road access will be restricted as a result of the project; iii) procedures to inform vehicle drivers and Crookwell Road business owners of the traffic routes to be used by heavy vehicles associated with the project; iv) procedures to manage construction traffic to ensure the safety of livestock and to minimise disruption to livestock, and school children and limit disruption to school bus timetables; v) speed limits to be observed along routes to and from the site and within the site; vi) minimum requirements for vehicle maintenance to address noise and exhaust emissions, particularly along roads in close proximity to residences; vii) precautionary measures such as signage to warn users of the Bicentennial National Trail about the construction activities for the project; viii) details of the expected behavioural requirements for vehicle drivers travelling to and from the site and within the site; and ix) prohibition of heavy vehicle access to Ross Bridge. Statements of commitment, 90 The Proponent would liaise with the involved land owners and current mineral lease holders prior to rehabilitation, to ensure that any project access roads that they may wish to retain are retained. Several of these access roads are likely to be of benefit both to routine agricultural activities as well as to exploration activities onsite. A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared for the Gullen Range Wind Farm Works. This Traffic Management Plan (TMP) forms a subplan as part of the CEMP and encapsulates these conditions. Details of the project can be found in the CEMP. 2.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The overall aim of this TMP is to identify and manage traffic impacts and road safety concerns that may occur during the construction of the Gullen Range Wind Farm project. Specific objectives are to: Provide a safe environment for all road users. Provide protection to workers, visitors, agents of the principal and general public: o o o From traffic hazards From the potential congestion and disruption of construction By ensuring works meet the requirements of relevant road authorities (local councils and RMS) 1557 Final V4 3 nghenvironmental

122 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to traffic management are detailed in table 3-1. Table 3-1: Personnel with specific traffic management responsibilities Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority GRWF management team GRWF Senior management and strategic control Responsible for providing the required resources to complete the required tasks and to facilitate company corporate support. Delegates to GRWF Project Manager Owners Representitive Authority to limit and stop works Ben Bateman GRWF PTY LTD Project Manager Owner s Representative Determining sequence and interaction of processes Ensure communications and reporting framework in place Ensure the goals of the CEMP (and subplans) are achieved Report incidents to ER and to agencies All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Authority to update CEMP and implement upon ER endorsement and DoP/Agency Approval Ensure mitigation plans are appropriate and resourced Stop Work orders Review CEMP Tom Frood Goldwind Australia EPC Manager Report incidents to ER and OR. To ensure timely delivery of corrective actions Ensure CEMP is communicated and implemented Responsible for compliance with all applicable environmental legislation and contract obligations. Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF PM OR Delegates to discipline managers 1557 Final V4 4 nghenvironmental

123 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority Stop Work orders Erwin Budde nghenvironmental Environmental Representative be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; consider and advise the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental performance and impacts of the project; ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and be given the authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken. Nathan King Catcon/CPP Site Responsible for the implementation and maintenance of CEMP Implementation of stop work 1557 Final V4 5 nghenvironmental

124 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority Construction and Environmental compliance officer (SCECO) To report incidents to ER and EPC Manager To implement corrective actions Monitor corrective actions Comply with regulations within CEMP Ensure training is delivered and appropriate Site Construction and Environmental Officers (SCEOs) are responsible for the day-to-day management of all on-site environmental aspects including field testing, site inspections and any monitoring requirements within their designated area(s). SCEOs play a key role as part of the construction team, and play a practical role in maintaining on-site environmental controls (e.g. erosion and sedimentation controls, incident response) and environmental data collection (e.g. waste tracking, auditing). orders Reports to EPC manager Site personnel Catcon/CPP Onsite construction staff Ensure goals of CEMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Receive training Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) 1557 Final V4 6 nghenvironmental

125 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 4 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT 4.1 WORK METHOD STATEMENTS Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. CEMP and EWMS documentation is to be supplied to the Goldwind Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. Goldwind will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans; and 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Formal advice in this respect will be provided to the subcontractor before works can commence. 4.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS Specific to the management of traffic, Traffic Control Plans are to be prepared prior to works being undertaken and incorporated in to this TMP. The TCPs will implement specific controls that have been identified in this TMP, the CEMP and any associated control plans. The TCP will specify the description, position, quantity, applicability, behaviour and the methodology of actions on the road network (onsite and off), for example speed limit alterations, road signage, junction upgrades, behaviour of drivers, control mechanisms, reporting etc. As a minimum, the following TCPs would be required: As part of any application for a Road Occupancy Licence from RMS Traffic Operations Unit prior to commencing work within the classified road reserve or within 100 metres of traffic signals. As part of works to an intersection on any public road. As part of any works that would impact upon a public road. All Traffic Control Plans must comply with the RMS Traffic Control at Worksites manual. See Section 8 for further details on TCPs Final V4 7 nghenvironmental

126 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 5 CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS Consultation requirements span the assessment, pre-construction and pre-operation stages, as summarised in the table below. Table 5-1: Stage of project Assessment (pre-approval) Consultation requirements Consultation requirements Consultation was undertaken during the assessment stage. Road authorities RMS (then RTA) and both Goulburn Mulwaree and Upper Lachlan Councils were invited to attend the Planning Focus meeting, where the project was introduced and feedback sought from agency stakeholders (The RTA did not attend). Responsibility N/A Preconstruction: Prior to earth works Prior to construction, relevant roads authorities must be consulted regarding: A Road Occupancy Licence from the RMS Traffic Operations Unit prior to commencing work within the classified road reserve or within 100 metres of traffic signals. A Road Dilapidation Report of all roads proposed to be used for construction activities Grabben Gullen Road, Gurrundah Road and Range Road junction design. Upgrade of site access roads for temporary use by heavy vehicles. The preparation of this Traffic Management Plan to minimise potential conflicts between different user groups. GRWF Pty Ltd Pre-operation The Proponent would liaise with the involved land owners and current mineral lease holders prior to rehabilitation of access tracks. The Proponent is required to consult with Council and the RMS in relation to the need to provide landscaping screening measures along public road reserves. GRWF Pty Ltd Consultation was undertaken in April June 2012 with the following stakeholders: 1. Upper Lachlan Shire Council 2. Goulburn Mulwaree Council 1557 Final V4 8 nghenvironmental

127 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 3. NSW Police 4. RMS Wollongong 5. RMS Goulburn Region Comments were addressed with the stakeholders identified to ensure consistency between the councils and various stakeholder groups and to ensure the TMP was designed to incorporate the requirements of the local councils. Following approval this TMP will be made available for public viewing on the Gullen Range Website. Full details of conditions are provided in Appendix A of the CEMP and, relevant to traffic management, Section 2 of this subplan Final V4 9 nghenvironmental

128 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 6 TRAFFIC ACTIVITIES The detailed haulage routes and requirements will be developed by the appointed haulage contractor. Proposed routes have been developed in consultation with RMS, ULSC and GMC and further assessment and licensing will be undertaken upon the haulage contractor being appointed. Haulage routes Option A Road used Construction Traffic (not light vehicles) Oversized Vehicles (Wind Turbine Generator Components) Road Authority/controlling Agency: Hume Highway Yes Yes RMS Cullerin Road Yes Yes ULSC Mullins Creek Road/Old South Road Yes Yes ULSC Gurrundah Road Yes Yes ULSC Crookwell Road no Yes RMS & ULSC Range Road Yes Yes ULSC Gunning Road Yes No GMC Kialla Road No Yes ULSC Hume St/Cowper St Yes Yes RMS & GMC Clinton Street Yes Yes GMC Deccan Street Yes Yes GMC Fitzroy Street/Crookwell road Yes Yes RMS & GMC & ULSC Grange Road No Yes ULSC Cullen Street No Yes ULSC Storriers lane Yes Yes ULSC 1557 Final V4 10 nghenvironmental

129 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Prices Lane Yes Yes ULSC Banister Lane No Yes ULSC Walkoms Lane Will not be used for access/egress ULSC Port delivery to Goulburn Utilised for Wind Turbine generator (WTG) component deliveries only and are subject to dock configuration at time of delivery Flinder street Five Islands road Southern Freeway Mount Ousley Road Docking at Port Kembla gateway terminal RMS Picton Road Tom Thumb Road Grand Pacific Drive/Springhill Road Docking at Port Kembla AAT RMS Masters Road Keppel Prince Delivery Route (Victoria) *Route used for 68 tower sections entering Goulburn does not deviate from existing TMP route. Appendix Darts Rod No Yes Henty Hwy No Yes South Boundary Street No Yes Mount Napier Road No Yes George Street No Yes Glenelg Hwy No Yes Wiltshire Lane No Yes 1557 Final V4 11 nghenvironmental

130 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Learmouth Street No Yes Sturt Street No Yes National Highway 8 No Yes Western Hwy No Yes State Route 8 No Yes M80 No Yes Hume Highway/Freeway No Yes Haulage Option B Following consultation with the Police and RMS a secondary route into and through Goulburn was identified via South Goulburn round about, Hume St/Cowper St, right into Clinton Street, left into Sloane St, Grafton St, Reynolds St, Union St, Wilmont/Chantry St, Taralga Rd and left onto Middle Arm Road, left onto Marys Mount Road and right onto Crookwell Road. It is noted that the route identified above is not preferred by GMC as it utilises new roads and roads that have not been assessed by council engineers. It is also noted that this route, although using wider roads utilises one of the main thoroughfares of Goulburn and this may cause issues with pedestrian and traffic management. This also directs over-size vehicles along residential and commercial areas. For this reason Option A is the preferred Route. There are a number of constraints common to all of these routes and some that need special consideration including schools and residential areas along the route, school bus routes, overhead cables and trees at low-level, intersections inadequate for the manoeuvring of the haulage vehicles, railway crossings, narrow and structurally deficient structures. Where constraints are identified e.g. road furniture obstructs the route, assessments will be made along with feedback from road authorities as to the best mitigation measures to implement and the level of replacement necessary. In the instances where service such as over-head cabling is required to be moved, the relevant service providers will be contacted in advance of the works to ensure the services are not interrupted. All constraints will be identified during the TCP development process and approval will be sought from the relevant body. Likely haulage routes are provided in Appendix C and D of this subplan. Construction Traffic Consistent with the approved EA, the volumes are likely to increase from several vehicles to below 200 per day during concrete pouring operations. Pouring activities on the Project site will utilise on site batching plants to reduce the number of road traffic movements and so the volume of agitator trucks will be significantly reduced. This equates to approximately 6 vehicles for site mobilisation (1 week) followed by 36 per day for the period of pouring (January to September). In addition to this there will 1557 Final V4 12 nghenvironmental

131 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) be approximately 5 vehicle movements per week to transport admixtures to the site and for the removal of waste materials. Projected traffic volumes however, remain well within road capacity which is normally described as Level of Service for all roads considered. This represents a reduction on the proposed traffic numbers (over 200 per day) by 75%. A detailed list of the traffic movement required is available in Appendix H. The Gullen Range area is sparsely populated and well served with access roads from all directions. Oversized vehicles such as those used for the delivery of turbine components and substation equipment will make up approximately 9-12 vehicles per day for a period of 6-8 months. The construction of the windfarm is expected to be undertaken in stages which ensures the impacts on the local road network are spread across the full construction period. The figures quoted within the TMP underline the maximum extent of traffic impacts within each of these stages. Concrete pouring activities are therefore also staged however it is anticipated that all pouring activities will be completed by September Details of vehicle dimensions and weights can be found in Appendix F Construction traffic will include the following vehicle types: 30t Tipper Trucks for aggregates for road construction Possibly mobile crushing plant Possible Concrete agitator trucks if concrete batched off site 20t Concrete pump vehicles Flatbed trucks and container trucks Excavators Mobile Cranes Low loaders and very low loaders transporting electrical equipment and crane assemblies Extendable oversized loads Heavy Vehicles (Oversized vehicles) will include the following: WTG nacelle low loaders WTG Blade vehicles including bogey WTG Tower section vehicles (3 per turbine) including bogey Main transformer low loader Main and auxiliary cranes Whenever possible it is intended to minimise heavy traffic during peak hours. Similarly construction traffic must avoid disruptions to school bus activities. It is not anticipated that the movements of construction personnel will lead to considerable increase in traffic. The construction team consist of up to 40 persons. These personnel will not be accommodated on site but will stay in accommodation in local towns. All construction personnel will be encouraged to vehicle share between accommodation and the site. Included in the site induction will be a message reinforcing safe driving behaviour and the responsibility to the local community. Impact on local Traffic 1557 Final V4 13 nghenvironmental

132 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) The potential impacts from this traffic include risks/delays to local traffic and pedestrians, noise, and additional works to modify the route so that it is suitable for haulage vehicles. We currently anticipate that Council roads which could experience a significant increase in traffic include Kialla Road, Gurundah Road (being the western end via Old South and Mullens Creek Road), Bannister Lane, Storriers Lane, Prices Lane, Gurrundah Road and the Breadalbane route. In many sections, the roads are narrow, of a low standard of horizontal and vertical alignment, are unsealed or have failing pavement sections, lanes are not well delineated, and trees and other roadside objects have the potential of obstructing the passage of long wide loads and high loads. Furthermore, school buses use many of the routes. Although we will work to minimise impacts potentially these routes could experience delays to local traffic, noise, dust and works required to modify the route so that it is suitable for the haulage vehicles or any requirements specified by local authorities. Other Considerations In assessing the impact of construction traffic we have also considered: Livestock movements The projects communication plan will detail the liaison with the local community and livestock movements will be one area explored. When livestock movement activities are understood the project will schedule movements to minimise any disruption. Pedestrian and cyclists Although sensitive to these road users we do not anticipate any significant impact. Bicentennial National Trail no interaction is anticipated at this stage as identified in the EIS And due to the trail being off-road and away from the onsite track network of the wind farm. Any interaction with the user of Mullins Creek Road will be assessed for safety and other environmental reasons including consultation with the relevant groups. It will be a requirement of this plan to ensure that any interaction is consistent with the approval and conditions stipulated in this plan and the CEMP. Other road users The TMP is designed to highlight the overall management of road users. Detailed management measures within the TCPs will stipulate how the interactions will be managed and the responsible parties. Communications with the local community will take place to inform road users of the programmed works as outlined in the CIP. Measures will include (but not limited too) clear signage, communication in local media of changes to road conditions (utilising the CIP), informing local residents of changes to adjacent road networks, liaising with emergency services and service providers to ensure changes are identified and any issues addressed. For clarity it is a requirement of the TCP to ensure minimal interference with the local road network and that where impacts are identified they are managed in line with this TMP, the CEMP, the project approval and other associated plans. Emergency Services Our project team will liaise with the local emergency services to ensure no impact on emergency services during the passage of oversized loads. Consultation with the following emergency service organisations will be undertaken: RMS Road Safety and Traffic Services Manager, Wollongong; 1557 Final V4 14 nghenvironmental

133 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Hours of work NSW Police Force Local Area Command; Ambulance Service of New South Wales District Manager; State Emergency Service; NSW Fire Brigade ( (24hr contact number)); and Rural Fire Service. At all schools over-sized deliveries will not occur during the 40KPH period. The school and local bus companies will be informed of delivery times and the construction program. Consideration to the rural locale of the site will be made in the TCP process. Because of this rural location a specific mitigation management plan will be devised within the TCPs which address the issues of local bus services (for children, elderly, disabled and other users) that ensures that safeguards are implemented and effectively communicated to user groups and service providers using the processes outlined in the TMP, CIP and CEMP. Construction activities that would generate an audible noise at any residential premises would only be undertaken during the following hours: a) 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, Mondays to Fridays, inclusive; b) 8:00 am to 1:00 pm on Saturdays; and c) at no time on Sundays or public holidays. This condition does not apply in the event of a direction from police or other relevant authority for safety reasons, or emergency work to avoid the loss of lives, property and/or to prevent environmental harm. Speed limits Following consultation with RMS and council traffic committees it is understood that at this stage no changes to speed limits are proposed along RMS routes. Further speed limitations may take place as an outcome of the TCP process. Where speed limits are proposed to be changed, the process to undertake this will be identified in the TCP. An aspect of this process will be the consultation with the relevant road authorities, safety authorities and it will be a minimum requirement to ensure any changes are well communicated within the community and with all road users. Road Occupancy Licence The logistics and Balance of Plant (BoP) contractors will ensure that when required all requirements for Road Occupancy Licences are obtained from both local Council and from RMS prior to any work commencing on the stipulated roads. Where licences are required for occupancy only this will be the responsibility of the logistics/haulage contractor. Where physical works are required this will be the responsibility of the BoP due to the requirement of design and intrusive works being outside the remit of the logistics contractor. This will be clearly articulated on individual ROLs where required. Road Works It is recognised that certain elements of road will require modifications and additional maintenance will be required as a part of this project. The project will comply with section 138 of the Roads Act 1993 Works and Structures Road upgrades including those outlined in the L&EC as Grabben Gullen Road, Gurrundah Road and Range Road junctions along with other road upgrades identified by stakeholders, haulage contractors and in the agreed dilapidation reports will be assessed by suitably qualified road engineers to ascertain 1557 Final V4 15 nghenvironmental

134 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) the design and safety requirements and will be upgraded in consultation with the relevant road authority at the proponents cost. Kialla Road, between Cullen Road and Range Road, and Gurrundah Road, between Mullins Creek Road and the proposed wind farm site entrance 3.2km to the east, have been identified by the project team as requiring upgrading to accommodate the additional traffic generated by the wind farm development. Gullen Range Wind Farm recognises that substantial upgrades are required on these roads to meet these requirements. The following approach is proposed to assess the extents of any required upgrades and to determine rehabilitation treatments to the satisfaction of Council: 1. A suitably qualified road/pavement engineer to undertake a drive-over of the subject roads, to make a preliminary visual evaluation of pavement distress, surface/seal condition and width and to note possible road geometry issues; 2. Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) testing be undertaken to assist in identifying and delineating areas with potential pavement strength deficiencies and to assist in assessing subgrade strength at any such locations; 3. Review of road survey data to assess the existing vertical, horizontal and intersection geometry against published road design guidelines; 4. Liaison with Council to discuss and agree upon any constraints or limitations to upgrading to meet the guideline requirements; 5. Review of existing traffic loading and expected additional loading and over-dimensional vehicle requirements associated with the wind farm development; 6. Development of designs for road geometry upgrades and pavement treatments in areas identified in steps 2 and 3, and submission of designs to Council for review prior to implementation. 7. Construction of approved rehabilitation treatments to the designs created in step 6, in accordance with relevant standards and guidelines. Updated - Road Works: Kialla Road: Following Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) testing, expert advice and extensive consultation with ULSC (the owner of the asset), GWA has engaged Divall s Earthmoving to perform materials sampling and laboratory testing of samples of the existing sub-surface materials at specific locations along Kialla Road. The appropriate binding agents will be agreed between GWA and ULSC in order to proceed, subject to final Agreement ratification, with pavement stabilisation and re-sealing to sections of the carriageway identified as needing strengthening from the FWD survey. The final stabilisation and re-sealing of Kialla Road is expected to take place during the months of February and March, and possibly early April GWA will include Traffic Control and Management in accordance with local regulations. At this time, and as an outcome from the run-through by unladen trailers (blade trailer and float), there is no expectation for the requirement to alter any of the existing floodways crossing Kialla Road Final V4 16 nghenvironmental

135 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Storriers lane: Upgrades are due to commence late January 2012, following agreement with ULSC. Gurrundah Road Subject to final Agreement ratification, GWA will award a Design & Construct contract to ULSC for the works to upgrade Gurrundah Road, from, and inclusive of the junction at Mullens Creek/Gurrundah Roads. Proposed Traffic Control and Management will be organised and controlled by ULSC, within their own regulations and procedures, within the scope of the Agreement. ULSC will also have the opportunity to tender for the design and construction of works for the remaining roads. Heavy vehicle works: Consultation with ULSC and GMC following a dry-run in November 2012 has identified the extent of road works required in both the GMC and ULSC authorities. Consultation to finalise the designs is underway with agreement to be reached in February Following this a detailed design process will be undertaken and contractors tendered (including ULSC and GMC) to undertake the necessary works for heavy vehicle deliveries. Road Condition and Dilapidation Prior to work commencing the project will commission a comprehensive survey of the roads anticipated to be used in connection with the project. Following the project completion a similar survey will be carried out to show the before and after condition. The surveys will be carried out using vehicle mounted video cameras. The project will work closely with the local council authorities to agree the final before and after report. Works will be undertaken following detailed analysis of the initial dilapidation report and any supporting investigation as to the level of work required prior to the construction of the project. This work will be undertaken in conjunction with, and potentially by the council. This will also identify whom is responsible for the work, its requirement and its location e.g. site access or road being utilised. Throughout the project the condition of the roads will be monitored and maintained to ensure a safe condition for both construction traffic and other users. Ongoing Community liaison and complaints management As a part of the project Community Information Plan GR-PM-PLN-002 the ongoing community liaison will encourage feedback and communications from the local stakeholders and evolve the traffic management plan to ensure those concerns and comments are taken into consideration. The key ongoing consultation will be with the local councils, RMS and the emergency services. A complaints process will be established and any input assessed. As per the Community Information Plan a sign clearly visible to the public will be placed on public roads, nearest to the official entry to each turbine construction precinct: Placement will be as follows: 1557 Final V4 17 nghenvironmental

136 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Bannister, Kialla Ranges Road, at main site entry Pomeroy Ranges Road, at intersection of Storriers Lane and Bannister Lane Gurrundah Gurrundah Road, at main site entry Signage will display: An address to complaints A postal address to accept mailed complaints A 24hr phone line to accept phone message complaints A phone line will be available from the commencement of construction. Vehicle maintenance Vehicles provided by contractors and sub-contractors will be maintained in accordance with NSW legislation and will be subject to ongoing checks throughout the construction period. Record of these checks will be held on site. Vehicle maintenance is to be undertaken to ensure that noise and emissions are controlled as well as to ensure the vehicles are fit for purpose. Safety checks undertaken will also be recorded. The requirement for all contractors and personnel to maintain vehicles to a satisfactory level is a requirement of this plan, the induction process and through the contracting process. At no time will vehicles be left in a state of repair that is not to a satisfactory standard. Maintenance activities will also be part of the pre-start checks and other work instruction procedures Final V4 18 nghenvironmental

137 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 7 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS The environmental activities referred to in this plan are those activities associated with the project that have the potential to impact upon traffic. Table 7-2 rates activities of the works which could have an impact on traffic according to three attributes: likelihood (L), low to high, represents an unlikely to likely occurrence; consequence (C), low to high, represents an insignificant to significant consequence; and risk (R) if mitigation is not implemented. The outcome of the risk assessments for activities links directly with the Goldwind Australia Health and Safety Policy (GWA-HSE-POL-0001) and commitments made within this plan and associated sub-plans. Where a risk is identified through the process the reduction of the likelihood and/or severity of the risk is managed using the management measure identified. New management measures may be implemented where practical and these will be agreed with relevant stakeholders and included in this plan or associated sub-plan. The TCP s that will be developed will also be informed by the risk assessment process and include the measures to be implemented to control the risk. Table 7-1: Risk matrix Consequence High Moderate Low High High High Moderate Likelihood Moderate High Moderate Moderate Low Moderate Moderate Low Activities of the construction process that may have an impact on traffic are summarised below. Table 7-2: Risk assessment Activity Potential impact L C R Construction traffic access to site and on local roads Traffic delays for motorists, including school buses Changed traffic / access conditions, causing inconvenience and elevated risk of collision High Moderate High High Moderate High 1557 Final V4 19 nghenvironmental

138 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Activity Potential impact L C R Road pavement degradation and associated elevated risk of injury High High High Increased traffic loads causing elevated hazard to road users, livestock, pedestrians High High High 1557 Final V4 20 nghenvironmental

139 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 8 MITIGATION STRATEGY The project team take seriously their responsibilities to minimise and mitigate the impacts of the construction traffic. These will be developed in accordance with all statutory and regulatory requirements and specifically: NSW Legislation AUSTROADS Roads Act 1993 Guide to Traffic Management Guide to Road Design Guide to Road Safety Guide to traffic Engineering Practice. Part 2 Roadway Capacity Australian Standards AS 1742 Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices AS 1743 Road Signs Specifications AS 2890 Parking Facilities New South Wales Road And Maritime Services Traffic Control at Worksites (TCAWS) ver Guide to Traffic Control at Worksites Supplements for Australian Standards Supplements for Guide to Road Design Supplements for Guide to Road Safety Traffic control plans (TCP) will be developed by personnel duly qualified and certified by training in accordance with TCAWS. TCPs will be based on the AS Manual of uniform traffic control devices Part 3: Traffic control for works on roads, the RMS s Traffic Control at Work Sites (2010) and The WHS Act 2011 in consultation with the RMS and local councils, as required. The TCP s will be incorporated into the TMP following their completion by the haulage contractor. Measures in addition to liaison and coordination with the local road users will include the use of temporary barriers, temporary signage and traffic controllers. The project team consider the key to minimising the impacts to the residents of the area is to seek their cooperation in implementing safety and protection measures as early as possible during the planning process. This is a key part of our community consultation process. Feedback and comments will be implemented in consultation with the Upper Lachlan Shire Council, Goulburn Mulwaree Shire Council and the RMS. Training and Awareness As stated in the CEMP, all Project personnel, subcontractors and consultants will receive training into GWRF environmental obligations during the Project induction, toolbox talks and specific behaviour training Final V4 21nghenvironmental

140 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) All Project personnel will undergo a general Project induction prior to commencing work with GWRF. This will include a traffic management component to reinforce the importance of traffic management issues and the measures that will be implemented to protect the environment and community. Site inductions and toolbox talks will highlight the specific environmental requirements for activities being undertaken at each worksite, which will include relevant traffic management matters. All Project Personnel, subcontractors and consultants are required to follow and enforce the mandatory route as per the Construction Traffic section of this TMP. All drivers associated with the project are to abide by the relevant driver behaviour laws and driver behaviour is a component of the onsite induction process including speed restrictions, observation, fatigue management, vehicle maintenance and the onsite drugs and alcohol policy Final V4 22nghenvironmental

141 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 9 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT Incident Management Framework All environmental incidents (including those related to traffic management issues) on the Project will be managed by GWRF in accordance with the incident response process described in Section 9.2 of the CEMP. This includes internal and external notification, recording, reporting and response processes. Traffic Incident Response The occurrence of an emergency incident has the potential to have negative impacts on the operation of the road network, as well as endanger the general public and the site workforce. Similarly, incidents on the surrounding road network can affect construction activities. The types of traffic emergencies or unplanned incidents that may occur include: Motor vehicle crashes; Bushfires; Environmental spills; Construction type incidents; Inclement weather conditions; and Flooding. In order to minimise the impact of such events on road user delay, the Project: Should not conflict with special events that are scheduled to take place along the route. Will clearly identify the relative responsibilities and roles of government agencies and the Project team when responding to incidents; Will establish and maintain communication protocols for both internal and external communications; Will provide close support to emergency services, where appropriate; and Will reschedule planned works that will interfere with the incident, or create additional delays to those road users already affected by the incident. In the event of an emergency/incident, the Project Manager and Foreman will be notified immediately. Notification will then be initiated to (where appropriate): Emergency response groups (i.e. ambulance, fire brigade, police); Upper Lachlan Shire Council and Goulburn Mulwaree Councils (and other relevant local authorities); RMS where the Hume Highway and other RMS roads are affected; Project Team; Adjacent property owners where applicable; Office of Environment and Heritage; Goldwind Australia; WorkCover NSW; The project s ER; and Environment and Community Manager, for media and stakeholder relations management if required Final V4 23nghenvironmental

142 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) In the case of a traffic incident involving Project personnel and a member of the public (vehicular or pedestrian) the following actions will be completed: Gather work records, diary entries, traffic control check sheets and audits. Record the actual type, size and location of signs and devices in use at the time of the accident. Details of the pavement width, its condition and weather conditions should also be recorded. Take photographs of the sign arrangement for subsequent reporting. A record will be kept of any traffic incident including any relevant information on traffic arrangements used and completed. The Project Manager is to inform the Environment and Community Manager of the incident so that they can appropriately handle any community queries. Anticipated Traffic Control management measures are detailed in section 10 below Final V4 24nghenvironmental

143 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 10 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONTROL TABLE The following table summarises the traffic management controls to be undertaken and appoints timing and responsibility. Relevant controls shall be incorporated into contractor s traffic management plans, appropriate to their activities. Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References EA Reduce haulage risks to motorists and pedestrians Appoint a licensed haulage contractor with experience in transporting similar loads, to be responsible for obtaining all required approvals and permits from the RMS and Councils and for complying with conditions specified in the approvals Preconstruction GRWF Project Manager Traffic Control Plan Roads Act 1993 Roads Regulation 2008 L&EC Obtain necessary consent / licenses Prior to commencement of works that are part of or extending from Prices Lane, obtain consent from the Surveyor General and a licence under the Crown Lands Act Preconstruction BoP Contractor Land acquisition L&EC Obtain necessary consent / licenses Obtain Road Occupancy Licence from the RTA [now Roads and Maritime Services, RMS] Traffic Operations Unit prior to commencing work within the classified road reserve or within 100 metres of traffic signals. The application shall be accompanied by a Traffic Control Plan to be prepared by a person who is certified to prepare Traffic Control Plans and incorporated in to the Preconstruction: Prior to commencement of road activities that will be identified as requiring BoP Contractor Traffic control Plan Licence documentation 1557 Final V4 25nghenvironmental

144 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References TMP licensing L&EC Verify existing condition of road network Commission a qualified person to undertake a Road Dilapidation Report of all roads proposed to be used for construction activities in consultation with relevant road authorities. The report shall assess the current condition of the relevant roads. Preconstruction, after determination of the haulage route GRWF Project Manager, BoP Contractor Dilapidation report TMP AS Manual of uniform traffic control devices Traffic control for works on roads Prepare Road Dilapidation Report to assess any damage that may have resulted due to traffic and transport related to the construction and ongoing operation of the project. Following completion of construction Restore the relevant roads to a state, described in the original Road Dilapidation Report, in consultation with roads authorities. L&EC Avoid Ross Bridge Heavy vehicle access to Ross Bridge will not be permitted for approximately 12 months from the 23 September 2008 as the bridge is undergoing maintenance. During construction All contractors No longer required GMC has requested that this part of Range Road not be used - TCP L&EC Final V4 26nghenvironmental

145 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References L&EC Design upgrades in consultation with roads authorities Grabben Gullen Road, Gurrundah Road and Range Road junctions shall be designed and constructed in consultation with Upper Lachlan Shire Council. Full road and intersections to be upgraded are noted in Appendix G Prior to the commencement of construction BoP Contractor TMP Consultation Register Reconstruction and sealing of the 1.8km length of unsealed pavement at Range Road L&EC. 7.3 SoC 90 Consult effectively with relevant stakeholders to minimise disruption of construction traffic Undertake effective consultation with relevant stakeholders including: Local landholders, emergency services, business owners, school buses Issues addressed will include: Procedures to consult with local land owners in regards to safety and disruption to livestock movements and school bus routes and timetables Procedures to inform vehicle drivers and Crookwell Road business owners of the traffic routes to be used by heavy vehicles associated with the project Construction traffic routes and any potential Before and during haulage activities GRWF Project Manager CEMP TCP TMP CIP Emergency Procedures Consultation records Landowner protocol Website Compliance Community Information Plan, including Appendix B: Complaints procedure Records of comments provided by Agencies, councils and stakeholders Consultation register 1557 Final V4 27nghenvironmental

146 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References disruption to traffic flows and amenity impacts report Website Provision of a construction timetable for affected landowners Business owners in Crookwell being made aware of timing of heavy, over-mass and over dimension vehicles Audit report (internal and external) Establishment of a procedure for all overdimensioned vehicles to make contact with a railways service to establish a safe time to make railway crossings. The need to always visually check for trains will must be stressed to vehicle operators Schools: Goulburn High School will be consulted on the route of vehicles, the timing and the project schedule. Record of these communications will be held and concerns addressed where required. A dedicated telephone contacts list to enable any issues or concerns to be rapidly identified and addressed Liaise with the involved land owners and current mineral lease holders prior to rehabilitation, to ensure that any project access roads that they may Following completion of construction GRWF Project Manager CIP TMP Community Information Plan, including 1557 Final V4 28nghenvironmental

147 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References wish to retain are retained. Appendix B: Complaints procedure L&EC. 7.3 SoC 90 Reduce risks posed by construction traffic to motorists and pedestrians Contractors will develop their own Traffic Control Plans which will be incorporated into the TMP. They will be prepared by a person who has undertaken and passed the RMS s Traffic Control at Worksites Manual training course and holds a current certification. Contractor s Traffic Control Plans will need address all aspects of this TMP (this document) in coordination with the Councils and the RMS. They will include but not be limited to: Preconstruction and/or construction Haulage and BoP Contractors CEMP TMP TCP EWMS CIP CEP NVMP AS Manual of uniform traffic control devices Traffic control for works on roads Traffic Control at Work Sites (RTA, 2010) Measures to minimise interactions between the project and other users of the roads such as the use of fencing, lights, barriers, traffic diversions etc Scheduling of deliveries Managing the timing of transport through Goulbourn and Crookwell to avoid peak hours (beginning/end of the school day) Compliance register Audit Report (internal and external) Consultation records Procedure to inform machine operators of timing Approvals of 1557 Final V4 29nghenvironmental

148 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References of school buses Installation of appropriate signage to direct traffic flows during haulage through Crookwell and Goulburn and needs to be part of the TCP Limiting the number of trips per day. Only machinery compliant with emissions standards will be used works Worksite inductions (and associated records) Vehicles and motorised equipment would be maintained so that emissions are minimised Machinery and vehicles would not be left running or idling when not in use Design and implementation of temporary modifications to intersections and street furniture Typical Street furniture to be removed is available in Appendix G Reinstating pre-existing conditions after temporary modifications to the roads and pavement along the route Ensuring equipment transportation complies with requirements of this TMP and in consultation with the RMS and council Final V4 30nghenvironmental

149 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Requirement Objective Environmental Control Timing Responsibility Relevant document References Restoration of all changes to their original condition and managing the haulage process Monitoring and maintenance of noise, dust nuisance, travel times, and gravel pavements. Work methods would be modified to reduce these impacts Signposting to warn horse riders of construction traffic and slashing of vegetation on the Bi- Centennial Route which will be supplied in the TCP The use of speed control on the Hume highway (specific short-term only) when necessary and approved by RMS/Council Details of the expected behavioural requirements for vehicle drivers travelling to and from the site and within the site 1557 Final V4 31nghenvironmental

150 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) 11 REVIEW AND AUDITS As with the CEMP, this subplan will be formally reviewed in accordance with the Internal Audit schedule The CEMP review will involve site management staff, GRWF s Project Manager and the Environmental Representative. It will include: A review of all audit findings, including external audits and ER audits A review of the operation of environmental procedures, processes, forms, checklists and any other documents called for in the CEMP A review of any design or activity modifications A review of environmental incidents and community complaints Modifications to the CEMP and subplans as required. Any modifications to be submitted to the Local Traffic Committee for consultation and if necessary approval. All changes made to the CEMP will be controlled, with copies forwarded to the Controlled Copies holders identified in the front of this document. Where changes are required outside the formal review framework, revised documentation will be forward to the Controlled Copies holders. Only the Environmental Representative or GRWF s Project Manager are authorised to make changes to the CEMP. The procedure for altering the CEMP and all related documentation is described below. The NSW Department of Planning will be provided a copy of the final CEMP and subplans prior to construction. It is acknowledged that minor changes to the CEMP may occur on a regular basis during the construction program. As such, only significant or substantial version changes would be submitted to the Department of Planning for information purposes. The ER would be responsible for identifying whether this should occur Final V4 32nghenvironmental

151 Gullen Range Wind Farm Traffic Management Plan (GR-PM-PLN-0005) Appendix A HAULAGE ROUTES Proposed access roads 1557 Final V4 33nghenvironmental

152 Annex E Construction Flora and Fauna Management Plan

153 Flora and Fauna Management GULLEN RANGE Sub plan WIND FARM GR PM PLN 0006 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM JULY Final V2 1

154 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Document Verification Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Approved by Base document preparation by nghenvironmental: Draft V Dave Maynard Brooke Marshall Brooke Marshall Draft V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Document finalisation: Final V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Final V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde 1/216 carp st (po box 470) bega nsw 2550 australia t f e ngh@nghenvironmental.com.au unit 9/65 tennant st (po box 1037) fyshwick act 2609 australia t f /21 mary st surry hills nsw 2010 australia t f /63 65 johnston st (po box 5464) wagga wagga nsw 2650 australia t f po box 8323 perth bc wa 6849 australia t f suite 6/234 naturaliste tce (po box 1037) dunsborough wa 6281 australia t f

155 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm CONTENTS 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP INTRODUCTION LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLANS AIM AND STRUCTURE OF THIS DOCUMENT THE ENVIRONMENT Threatened species and communities Disturbance and weeds RESPONSIBILITIES SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT AND REPORTING ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES, IMPACTS AND RISKS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTOCOLS CONSTRAINTS AREAS PROTOCOL VEGETATION CLEARING PROTOCOL WEED CONTROL PROTOCOL REHABILITATION PROTOCOL TRENCH AND PIT PROTOCOL BANNISTER 14 PROTOCOL...29 APPENDIX A FLORA AND FAUNA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SITE PLANS... A 1 APPENDIX B WEED CONTROL RESOURCES... B 1 Tables Table 2 1 Threatened fauna species detected at the each precinct...6 Table 2 2: Noxious weeds recorded at the precincts...7 Table 3 1: Personnel with specific flora and fauna responsibilities Final V2 i

156 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Table 5 1: Consultation requirements...12 Table 6 1: Risk matrix...16 Table 6 2: Risk assessment Final V2 ii

157 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP Documents Required Before Construction Documents Requirements Before Operation Other Documents Stage 1 FINANCIAL CLOSE Stage 2 Community Information Plan Compliance Tracker CONSTRUCTION Stage 3 Website Community Enhancement Program CEP approval Stakeholder Communications Plan CEMP TMP Complaints Procedure CEMP SWMP Compensatory Habitat Package CEMP WMP Bird and Bat Management Plan CEMP BSMP Powerful Owl Management Plan CEMP BMP CEMP NMPC CEMP FFMP CEMP CHMP TV & Radio SSMP OEMP RNP Bushfire Risk Management Plan OEMP NOS Aviation Management Plan OEMP NCP Lease Arrangements for Decom. OEMP LMP Land Acquisition Progress Documents Safety Management System Shadow Flicker Master List of Management Plans Detailed Design Commissioning Documents Turbine Supply Agreement Project Management Documents Operation and Maintenance Documents Project Schedule Construction Certificates Final Layout (WTG) Layout Drawings Consistency Review Ongoing Document Non ongoing Document Reference Document OPERATION 1557 Final V2 1

158 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The Conditions of Consent outline the following environmental requirements, specific to flora and fauna management. Land and Environment Court Conditions: 2.32 The Proponent shall ensure that during the construction of wind turbine BAN_14, including construction and/or installation of any ancillary facilities and any site access arrangements, the following requirements are met: a) vegetation defined as all or part of an Endangered Ecological Community shall not be cleared, modified or otherwise directly impacted as a result of the works; b) access to the construction site shall be clearly demarcated to minimise the potential for impacts on local vegetation; c) disturbed areas shall be stabilised and rehabilitation following the conclusion of construction works; and d) an independent qualified ecologist shall attend all site works to advise on mitigation, management and monitoring measures that shall be applied to comply with this condition of approval. Protocols to satisfy this condition are included in this subplan (Section 8.6 and site plan) In order to avoid the Endangered Ecological Community of vegetation in the southern portion of the Pomeroy site, proposed cabling Option 2 shall be utilised. This route has been adopted, as verified by the final infrastructure layout plans Gurrundah Creek shall be surveyed by a suitably qualified ecologist for the presence of Platypus. Subject to identification of the species, any construction works in the vicinity of the creek shall be conducted in accordance with the Flora and Fauna Management Plan contained in condition 7.3 such that negative impacts to the species are mitigated. The project has been revised such that no works would occur in this area. This is verified by the final infrastructure layout plans Prior to the commencement of construction, clearly defined work areas (including access trails) must be established using a combination of posts, fencing or markers, and suitably marked up maps as appropriate. All on site construction movements are to be restricted to these areas, to prevent uncontrolled or inadvertent access by vehicles or construction personnel to vegetation and fauna habitat to be protected under this approval. 7.3 As part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan required under condition 7.2 of this approval, the Proponent must prepare and implement, but is not limited to, the following Management Plans:... c) a Flora and Fauna Management Plan to outline measures to protect and minimise loss of native vegetation and native fauna habitat as a result of construction of the project. The Plan must include, but not necessarily be limited to: i) plans showing terrestrial vegetation communities; important flora and fauna habitat areas ii) locations where threatened species, populations or ecological communities have been recorded or are likely to occur, and areas to be cleared. The plans must also identify vegetation adjoining the site where this contains important habitat areas and/or threatened species, populations or ecological communities; iii) 1557 Final V2 2

159 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm methods to manage impacts on flora and fauna species (terrestrial and aquatic) and their habitat which may be directly or indirectly affected by the project, such as location of fencing, procedures for clearing of vegetation or soil and procedures for re locating hollows or installing nesting boxes. iv) rehabilitation details, such as use of locally native species in rehabilitation and landscaping works and methods to re use topsoil and cleared vegetation; v) the impact avoidance and mitigation measures outlined in section 4 of the EA; vi) a Weed Management Strategy; and vii) a program for reporting on the effectiveness of terrestrial flora and fauna management measures. Management methods must be reviewed where found to be ineffective. Statements of commitment, 15. A flora assessment would be conducted as part of the construction environmental management plan, to microsite infrastructure such as tracks away from better quality patches of understorey. This was undertaken by an nghenvironmental botanist from the April Advice provided was used to develop the final infrastructure plan. 2.2 RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLANS A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared for the Gullen Range Wind Farm project. This Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (FFMP) forms a sub plan as part of the CEMP. Details of the project can be found in the CEMP. The CEMP more comprehensively deals with monitoring, reporting and compliance however, a summary is provided in this sub plan (Section 6). Additional flora and fauna management conditions are covered within the Compensatory Habitat Package and Bird and Bat Adaptive Management Plan, addressing specific issues; offsetting final impact areas and assessing operational bird and bat strike, respectively. There is no overlap in management actions required by these plans. Management of indirect impacts to flora and fauna is also addressed by implementing other subplans including the: Soil and Water Management Plan Waste Management Plan 2.3 AIM AND STRUCTURE OF THIS DOCUMENT This Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan addresses specific management protocols required to manage flora and fauna impacts, in accordance with the project s conditions of approval. It is structured as follows: A series of six (6) protocols, detailing required management actions in specific areas: 1. Constraints area protocols 2. Vegetation clearing protocols 3. Weed control protocols 4. Rehabilitation protocols (this is the Site Restoration Plan for the site) 5. Trench and pit protocols 1557 Final V2 3

160 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 6. Bannister 14 protocols (specific to this turbine location) These include location specific protocols (constraints areas, weeds, Bannister 14) and activity based protocols (vegetation clearing, rehabilitation, trench and pit protocols). A series of Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plans, illustrating where these protocols apply, provided as Appendix A. 2.4 THE ENVIRONMENT All four precincts where infrastructure would be installed, Kialla, Bannister, Pomeroy and Gurrundah, are located on private property within and adjacent to agricultural areas used for sheep and cattle grazing. As well, residential dwellings and two commercial operations (chicken farms) are located nearby. In general, the precincts can be characterised as grassland ridges and flats with woodland patches on slopes and in gullies. Factors affecting habitat value, such as soil type, elevation and landforms are described briefly for each precinct below: Kialla Kialla features Ordovician metasiltstone derived soils. These soils are relatively infertile. Most of the precinct has been cleared of woodland and forest. Remnant patches remain along the precinct s southern boundary and offsite, to the east and south. The dominant vegetation type is Mountain gum peppermint moist forest although most of the site is cleared with exotic pasture. Other habitat features include a small but mature forest remnant and a small area that would quality as natural (wet) temperate grassland. Bannister Bannister features the relatively infertile Ordovician metasiltstone derived soils as well as basalt in higher areas. The latter soils contain more clay and are of higher fertility, depth and moisture holding capacity. Most of the precinct has been cleared of woodland and forest. Remnant patches remain at the northern end of the precinct and in the south, with the latter more open and younger. The dominant vegetation type is Mountain gum peppermint moist forest although most of the site is cleared with exotic pasture Final V2 4

161 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Pomeroy Pomeroy features the relatively infertile Ordovician metasiltstone derived soils as well as the more fertile basalt in higher areas. Approximately half of the precinct has been cleared. Small woodland remnants remain in cleared paddocks. An extensive area of regrowth woodland which features several gully systems is present to the east. Approximately one fifth of this woodland occurs onsite. The dominant vegetation type is Broad leaf peppermint brittle gum dry forest with smaller areas of Apple box yellow box grassy woodland (listed as an Endangered Ecological Community) and Mountain gum peppermint moist forest. Other habitat features include riparian vegetation and aquatic habitat associated with onsite creeks and the large area of extensive forest and woodland, including gully systems, on the east of the site. Gurrundah Gurrundah features the relatively infertile Ordovician metasiltstone derived soils. Approximately two thirds of the precinct has been cleared. Small woodland remnants remain in cleared paddocks. An extensive area of regrowth woodland is present on the south eastern side of the precinct, which continues offsite to the south. A steep area of woodland is also present in the north western corner of the precinct. The dominant vegetation type is Scribbly gum brittle gum broad leaf peppermint dry forest with a smaller area of Apple box yellow box grassy woodland (listed as an Endangered Ecological Community). Other habitat features include areas of native grassland and rocky outcrops Final V2 5

162 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Threatened species and communities Flora No plant species listed as threatened in Schedules 1 and 2 of the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 (TSC Act) were found on or near the precincts. One species listed nationally under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) was identified during the 2007 survey for the EA from a single non flowering plant in pasture on Gurrundah, the Hoary Sunray. Additional surveys in 2011 identified a population of approximately 200 individuals at the same location. Two vegetation communities were identified within the site boundaries that are listed as Endangered Ecological Communities under the TSC or EPBC Act Fauna White Box, Yellow Box, Blakely s Red Gum Woodland (TSC & EPBC) Tablelands Basalt Forest (TSC) Five threatened fauna species were recorded during field work. The precincts where these species were detected are outlined in Table 2 1. Table 2 1 Threatened fauna species detected at the each precinct Precinct Species Comments Kialla Common Bent wing Bat (possible*) Large footed Myotis (probable*) Located in a woodland fragment containing several stags and mature trees bearing hollows, near a dam (almost dry). Bannister Pomeroy Gurrundah Common Bent wing Bat (possible*) Large footed Myotis (probable*) Common Bent wing Bat (possible*) Eastern False Pipistrelle (possible*) Powerful Owl Common Bent wing Bat (probable*) Squirrel Glider Both species located on the edge of a woodland fragment containing mature trees bearing hollows, near a dam and adjacent to a cleared paddock with scattered trees. The Common Bent wing Bat was detected in a riparian woodland strip containing mature hollow bearing trees, adjacent to cleared paddock. All three species were detected near a drainage line within extensive woodland remnant containing mature hollow bearing trees. The Common Bent wing Bat was detected adjacent to scattered paddock trees near a dam. The Common Bent Wing Bat and Squirrel Glider were both detected within and extensive woodland fragment containing small hollows and at least one mine shaft. * Confidence levels of possible and probable were obtained from microbat call analysis. All of these species are listed as Vulnerable under the NSW Threatened Species Conservation Act The Common Bent wing Bat is listed as Conservation Dependant under the Commonwealth Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act Final V2 6

163 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Disturbance and weeds Agricultural pasture species and weeds are common across all precincts. Six noxious weeds declared under the Noxious Weeds Act 1993 were recorded; these species and their distribution at the site are indicated below. Table 2 2: Noxious weeds recorded at the precincts Species Class Distribution in survey area Blackberry (Rubus fruticosus sp agg) Nodding Thistle (Carduus nutans) Scotch Thistle (Onopordum acanthium) Serrated Tussock (Nassella trichotoma) Sweet Briar (Rosa rubiginosa) Sifton Bush (Cassinia arcuata) 4 Scattered in pasture on Bannister and common in areas of Pomeroy 4 Common in pasture on Bannister and Pomeroy 4 Locally common in pasture on Bannister 4 Widespread and abundant on Pomeroy, and a few plants were detected in the southern part of Bannister 4 Scattered sparsely on Pomeroy and Bannister 4 Locally common in isolated areas of Pomeroy 1557 Final V2 7

164 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to flora and fauna management are detailed in Table 3 1. Table 3 1: Personnel with specific flora and fauna responsibilities Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority GRWF management team GRWF Senior management and strategic control Responsible for providing the required resources to complete the required tasks and to facilitate company corporate support. Authority to limit and stop works Delegates to GRWF Project Manager Owners Representative Ben Bateman GRWF PTY LTD Project Manger Owner s Representative Determining sequence and interaction of processes Ensure communications and reporting framework in place All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Ensure the goals of the CEMP (and subplans) are achieved Report incidents to ER and to agencies Ensure mitigation plans are appropriate and resourced Authority to update CEMP and implement upon ER endorsement and DoP/Agency Approval Stop Work orders Review CEMP Tom Frood Goldwind Australia EPC Manager Report incidents to ER and OR. To ensure timely delivery of corrective actions Ensure CEMP is communicated and implemented Responsible for compliance with all applicable environmental legislation and contract obligations. Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF PM OR Delegates to discipline managers Stop Work orders Erwin Budde nghenvironmental Environmental Representative be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; consider and advise the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken Final V2 8

165 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority TBC BoP Contractor TBC Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer (SCECO) the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental performance and impacts of the project; ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and be given the authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. Responsible for the implementation and maintenance of CEMP To report incidents to ER and EPC Manager To implement corrective actions Monitor corrective actions Comply with regulations within CEMP Ensure training is delivered and appropriate Site Construction and Environmental Officers (SCEOs) are responsible for the day today management of all on site environmental aspects including field testing, site inspections and any monitoring requirements within their designated area(s). SCEOs play a key role as part of the construction team, and play a practical role in maintaining on site environmental controls (e.g. erosion and sedimentation controls, incident response) and environmental data collection (e.g. waste tracking, Implementation of stop work orders Reports to EPC manager 1557 Final V2 9

166 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority Site personnel TBC Onsite construction staff TBA TBA Independent and qualified ecologist auditing). Ensure goals of CEMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Receive training Provision of ecological advice and supervision of activities such as minimising EEC impacts (Bannister 14), weed identification and treatment, felling of hollow bearing trees generally Provision of advice to project manager. Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) Authority to require actions to be undertaken in relation to ecological issues Final V2 10

167 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 4 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. CEMP and WMS documentation is to be supplied to the Goldwind Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. Goldwind will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Formal advice in this respect will be provided to the subcontractor before works can commence Final V2 11

168 5 CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Consultation requirements were satisfied in the assessment phase, as follows. No further consultation is required. Table 5 1: Consultation requirements Stage of project Assessment (preapproval) Consultation requirements The field survey and assessment was undertaken with guidance from the NSW Office of Environment and Heritage (formerly DECC; supplied in the form of the Director General s Requirements for the project) as well as the following guidelines: Auswinds s Best Practice Guidelines for the Implementation of Wind Energy Projects in Australia 2006 DEH Supplementary Significant Impact Guidelines 2.1.1: Wind Farm Industry Sector 2005 DEC and DPI Draft Guidelines for Threatened Species Assessment 2005 DEH Cumulative Risk for Threatened and Migratory Species, 2006 Auswind s Wind Farms and Birds: Interim Standards for Risk Assessment 2005 Auswea s Assessing the Impacts on Birds Protocols and Data Set Standards. Input was provided by DECC in the test of adequacy prior to public exhibition of the Biodiversity Assessment Final V2 12

169 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE The CEMP and all associated sub plans (including this Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan) will be implemented on site during the entire construction period. The implementation will be monitored, reviewed and audited throughout the construction phase as described in the CEMP and summarised below. 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Environmental inspections will be on going at regular intervals during the construction phase of the project. The proposed inspection schedule, including responsible personnel, reporting requirements and frequency, is detailed in the CEMP. It includes: Weekly inspections by the Site Manager / Environmental Site Officer Fortnightly inspections by the Environmental Representative, depending on works progress Monthly Compliance Meetings by the Site Manager, Environmental Site Officer and Environmental Representative Management Reviews, as required 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING The project will be subject to ongoing auditing during the construction phase. The auditing will involve both internal and external audits, undertaken over regular intervals throughout construction. The proposed internal auditing regime is detailed in the CEMP. External audits may be commissioned at any time. Audits will be conducted in accordance with ISO 19011:2003 Guidelines for Quality and/ or Environmental Management Systems. Environmental Auditors must be suitably qualified with at least a 3 year university degree in environmental science or related disciplines, and RABQSA certified. Audits will focus on: Application of procedures and practices The CEMP Field inspection of environmental controls Review of critical controls, including contractor management, emergency response, hazardous substances, incident management and investigation Methods for hazard identification and risk control Document control and review Incident reporting and closure 1557 Final V2 13

170 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Management of contractors and subcontractors Preparedness of critical emergency response equipment 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING Environmental issues will be reported in a number of ways: 1. Recorded on the Environmental Actions Register 2. Identified during Audits as Corrective Action Requests, Observations of Concern or Opportunities 3. Identified during toolbox talks or routine observations These are detailed in the CEMP. 6.4 COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT AND REPORTING Compliance tracking will be undertaken on a continuous nature during construction, as outlined in the CEMP. An electronic compliance management system has been established for the project. The compliance management system allows for tracking of compliance during distinct phases of the project. A summary report can be prepared at any time upon request. Compliance will be formally reported to DoP as per the conditions of approval. This includes: A pre construction compliance report will be prepared and submitted to the DoP prior to the commencement of construction works on site. The report will clearly demonstrate compliance with: o All L&ECoA relevant to the pre construction phase of the project. o Any licence, permit or other approval requirement relevant to the preconstruction phase. The Compliance Report will be reviewed and endorsed by the ER and issued by GRWF. It will be submitted to the DoP will be in electronic format. A pre operation compliance report will be prepared and submitted to the DoP prior to the commencement of operation of the wind farm. Note that a commissioning and testing phase will be required prior to operation. The report will clearly demonstrate compliance with: o All L&ECoA relevant to the pre operational phase of the project. o Any licence, permit or other approval requirement relevant to the preconstruction phase. The Compliance Report will be reviewed and endorsed by the ER and issued by GRWF. It will be submitted to the DoP will be in electronic format. An Annual Environmental Management Report (AEMR) reviewing the performance of the project against the 1557 Final V2 14

171 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Operational Environmental Management Plan, the conditions of this approval and other licences and approvals relating to the project would be prepared to the satisfaction of the ER Periodic reports of the compliance status would be prepared to the satisfaction of the ER 1557 Final V2 15

172 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 7 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES, IMPACTS AND RISKS The environmental aspects referred to in this plan are those activities associated with the project that have the potential to cause adverse environmental impacts on flora and fauna. Construction activities have the potential to cause direct impacts such as clearing and indirect impacts including on site and offsite erosion, sedimentation and water quality deterioration, with resultant habitat loss and degradation. The risks that these activities create for flora and fauna can be determined by considering the likelihood of potential impacts and their consequences as shown in Table 7 1. Table 7 1: Risk matrix Consequence High Moderate Low 1 High High High Moderate Likelihood 2 Moderate High Moderate Moderate 3 Low Moderate Moderate Low Activities associated with the construction process that may have an environmental impact on flora and fauna and their associated risk ratings are summarised in Table 7 2. Activities such as clearing and grubbing and the construction of turbine footings and hardstands pose a high risk to flora and fauna and necessitate a higher level of environmental management. Other activities are considered to have lower consequences and pose a moderate risk to flora and fauna. Specific protocols have been developed to address the key risk activities of: Vegetation clearing (including hollow bearing tree removal) Stock pile management (included within the Soil and water Management Sub Plan) Trenching Rehabilitation of disturbed areas, after construction works. Table 7 2: Risk assessment Activity Potential impact Likelihood Consequence Risk Clearing grubbing Turbine footing/crane hardstand construction and Habitat removal High Moderate High Habitat modification Moderate Moderate Moderate Degradation of adjacent areas of habitat Moderate Moderate Moderate Habitat removal Moderate Moderate Moderate Habitat modification Moderate Moderate Moderate Erosion of disturbed areas and stockpiles High Moderate High 1557 Final V2 16

173 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Activity Potential impact Likelihood Consequence Risk Pole and line installation Access Construction Trenching cable installation for Pollution (sedimentation or spill risk) to local waterways High Moderate High Erosion of disturbed areas Low Low Low Erosion of stockpiles Low Low Low Reduced air quality (dust) Low Low Low Sedimentation of local waterways Moderate Moderate Moderate Reduced visual value of natural features Moderate Moderate Moderate Habitat removal High Low Moderate Habitat modification Moderate Low Moderate Direct impacts on streambeds through excavation works Moderate Low Moderate Habitat removal Moderate Low Moderate Habitat modification Moderate Low Moderate Erosion of disturbed areas and stockpiles Pollution (sedimentation or spill risk) to local waterways Moderate Low Moderate Moderate Low Moderate Trap hazard to fauna High Low Moderate 1557 Final V2 17

174 8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTOCOLS Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm The following six protocols detail the required management actions in specific areas in accordance with the project s conditions of approval. A series of Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plans, illustrating where these protocols apply, are provided as Appendix A. 8.1 CONSTRAINTS AREAS PROTOCOL Impacts must be avoided in constraint areas identified in Appendix A Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plans (EMSP). The following protocol identifies measures that should be applied to ensure impacts to identified constraint areas are avoided. Protocol Responsibility Comment 1. Refer to the Flora and Fauna EMSP (Appendix A) to identify the location of constraints areas. Site Construction Manager Works in these areas require implementation of this protocol. 2. If works are to be conducted within 20m of a mapped constraints area, implement mitigation measures, specifically: Clearly demarcate the boundary of the constraint area using a highly visible medium such as fencing, flags or tape. No works are to be conducted in constraints areas No vehicles, equipment or machinery are to enter constraints areas Site Construction Manager and all staff As well as avoiding constraints areas, disturbed areas should be identified for the location of materials laydown and parking of equipment and this communicated to all staff via tool box talks. No spoil, rubbish or construction materials are to be placed in constraints areas Indirect impacts (for example, potential for sediment laden runoff and weed ingress) will be managed by implementation of activity based protocols (Vegetation Clearing, Rehabilitation, Trench and Pit Protocols) 1557 Final V2 18

175 8.2 VEGETATION CLEARING PROTOCOL Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm The vegetation clearing protocol minimises the impacts of clearing trees. This includes trees in woodland as well as in open pasture. Protocol Responsibility Comment 1. Refer to the Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plan (EMSP) (Appendix A) and identify areas of dense woodland and forest (blue shaded areas) and areas that contain mature trees (green triangles) that require specific mitigation during clearing works. Site Manager Construction Works in these areas require implementation of this protocol. 2. Minimise the area of disturbance and clearing during works, specifically: Clearing of vegetation would be kept to a minimum. Where clearing is to take place next to areas of dense woodland or forest (but not within) these areas would be demarcated using a highly visible medium such as fencing, flags or tape and avoided during works. Hollow bearing trees and mature trees (>60cm DBH) would be avoided to the maximum extent possible. If determined that hollow bearing trees are required to be cleared, implement the hollow bearing tree removal guidelines attached below this table. Where possible, pruning should be undertaken in favour of tree removal, where trees encroach on the development areas. Retain tree hollows where practical when pruning branches. If they require pruning, hollow branches should also be subject to the hollow bearing tree removal guidelines. Site Manager Construction Ecologist to identify all trees with hollows, requiring staged felling according protocol below. Ecologist to supervise staged felling according protocol below. Minimising the area disturbed by works will minimise impacts to habitat and reduce the extent of areas requiring rehabilitation. Options include fencing, flags or tape to indicate no go areas to all staff. Mature or hollow bearing trees which do not require removal or pruning should be protected by keeping excavations, vehicle/machinery movements and materials/spoil laydown outside the canopy dripline, 1557 Final V2 19

176 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Protocol Responsibility Comment and not within the tree protection zone (TPZ). At a minimum, the AS Australian Standard: Protection of trees on development sites should be used as a guideline; this document provides a protocol for determining the TPZ 2. Take care not to damage vegetation (e.g. tree limbs and bark) when moving equipment near native vegetation to be retained. If the removal of trees is required, fell trees into the most disturbed area possible, to avoid damaging adjacent vegetation and do not push felled vegetation into areas to be retained. 3. Disposal of vegetative slash and felled timber: Habitat features such as surface rock and large logs should be redistributed to adjacent areas following the works. Mulch rather than burn cleared native vegetation. If non weedy, this can be used in rehabilitation works (refer to Rehabilitation Protocol). Weedy vegetation should not be reused. It should be treated onsite in preference to carting it away for disposal. Site Manager Construction With input from ecologist as required. Cartage of weedy material carries risk of spreading infestations. It should be treated in accordance with the weed control protocol. Follow up control is likely to be required. HOLLOW BEARING TREE REMOVAL GUIDELINES This should be supervised by an ecologist. 2 Under the AS , a TPZ equals the diameter at breast height of the tree multiplied by 12. As canopy protection is required, appropriate modifications to the TPZ should be made, in accordance with the Standard Final V2 20

177 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Prior to clearing Clearly mark all trees containing hollows which are to be removed. Features that are useful for identifying HBTs include: o Dead trees o Snapped off branches o Trunk spouts o Damage to trunk such as disease, areas of rot, etc. that have potential to develop into trunk or branch hollows o Depressions or cavities where hollows may form such as at trunk/branch joints or at the fork of the trunk above the bole Examples below: 1557 Final V2 21

178 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Clearing hollow bearing trees Clear surrounding native vegetation first and allow hollow bearing trees to remain standing overnight. After at least 1 night, hollow bearing trees can be removed in accordance with the steps below. When removing hollow bearing trees, a spotter should be present at each tree to be removed to look for signs of animal movement in the tree to be cleared. The spotter should be able to communicate directly with plant operators. Prior to clearing hollow bearing trees, use an excavator or loader to hit the trunk as high up the tree as possible several times. Wait at least 30 seconds. Repeat this process several times. Once the hollow bearing limbs or hollow bearing tree are on the ground, the spotter must check each hollow for signs of wildlife before the next limb/tree is removed. If taking the tree down in stages, remove non hollow bearing limbs first. Then remove hollow bearing limbs. Records of any animals removed or injured must be retained. Handling wildlife Direct contact with any wildlife should be avoided wherever possible. Any uninjured wildlife must be encouraged to leave the site. If wildlife is injured, WIRES or similarly qualified and licensed personnel should be contacted to collect and treat any injured individuals. Additional resources The local number for WIRES should be retained onsite by the Site Construction Manager. (02) Final V2 22

179 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 8.3 WEED CONTROL PROTOCOL The protocol below ensures that all relevant weed control mitigation measures are followed during construction works. Protocol Responsibility Comment 1. Refer to the relevant Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plan (EMSP) and identify areas that host noxious weeds and require specific weed mitigation measures. 2. Treat existing weed infestations in accordance with the noxious weed management methods outlined below this table. 3. Minimise the area of disturbance by implementing the Vegetation Clearing Protocol Site Construction Manager Works in these areas require implementation of this protocol. Site Construction Manager Weed control activities should be undertaken by a contractor with experience in weed control, ensuring control techniques are appropriate to the species and season and in accordance with local management plans. Site Construction Manager This is a preventative strategy; the less area that is disturbed, the less area will be susceptible to weed infestation. 4. Prevent introducing and spreading weeds by: Imported fill and hay bales, if required, should be weed free. Vehicle and machinery movements and temporary storage of equipment/materials would be confined to disturbed areas and existing tracks where possible. Site Construction Manager All staff All staff should be made aware of weed hygiene strategies at tool box talks. Vehicles and machinery would be cleaned (tyres brushed or washed down) prior to accessing and leaving areas where noxious weeds have been identified Final V2 23

180 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Protocol Responsibility Comment 5. Post works, rehabilitate all disturbed areas according to the Rehabilitation Protocol Site Construction Manager Refer to Rehabilitation Protocol NOXIOUS WEED MANAGEMENT METHODS The works areas contain a number of Class 4 noxious weeds including: Blackberry (Rubus fruticosus sp agg) Nodding Thistle (Carduus nutans) Scotch Thistle (Onopordum acanthium) Serrated Tussock (Nassella trichotoma) Sifton Bush (Cassinia arcuata) Class 4 weeds must be controlled according to the measures specified in a management plan published by the local control authority. The proposal is located within the Upper Lachlan Shire Council (ULSC) Local Control Area. ULSC have produced a Noxious Weeds Policy which includes a management plan for Class 4 noxious weeds. The most up to date policy and other relevant noxious weed information from the Upper Lachlan and Goulburn Mulwaree Councils can be found at the locations below and would be beneficial to workers conducting noxious weed control. Upper Lachlan noxious weed policy and treatment requirements were accessed on June and appended to this document (Appendix B). Information available Can be sourced from Upper Lachlan Shire Council Noxious Weeds Policy (including Management Plan for Class 4 Noxious Weeds) Contacts for Councils weed officers Links to additional websites Calendar of Growth Cycle & Control Times for Weeds of Southern Tablelands Management Plan for the Enforcement of Class 4 Noxious Weeds Noxious Weed Management Program Guidelines Upper Lachlan Sire Council website w=article&id=488090:noxious weedsinformation&catid=1914:noxious weedsupperlachlan&itemid=2414 Goulburn Mulwaree Council website m_jentlacontent&view=category&id=3451&itemid= Final V2 24

181 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 8.4 REHABILITATION PROTOCOL Site restoration is required as part of the project s consent conditions. The following protocol will be implemented to maximise the success of site restoration. The objective of this protocol is to rapidly re establish stable surfaces resistant to erosion and weed ingress and to ultimately return disturbed areas to their undisturbed state (that is, of similar species composition; native in native areas, exotic in existing exotic areas). Protocol Responsibility Comment This protocol applies to all areas disturbed by works (trenches, road verges, hard stand areas etc.) 1. Progressively and during works: Non weedy top soils from excavation will be stored separately and respread prior to rehabilitation. Trenches will be filled such that top soil is placed above subsoil in the trench. Disturbed areas will be rehabilitated progressively throughout the construction phase. In areas supporting native vegetation communities, native species will be used for reseeding. Consultation with a native plant specialist should be undertaken to select species. In non native areas, consultation with the land owner would be undertaken to determine suitable species (exotic pasture grasses would be appropriate). Ecologist and Site Construction Manager. Ecologist to identify weedy areas where top soil is not to be reused, native seed appropriate to native areas and pasture grasses for exotic areas, in consultation with land owners. Site Construction Manager to ensure rehabilitation is undertaken as soon as possible as works progress. Site Construction Manager to ensure grass cover achieves 70% before ceasing maintenance and monitoring of these areas. In areas with limited topsoil, hydromulch or imported non weedy topsoil should be used Final V2 25

182 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Protocol Responsibility Comment 2. Post works If rainfall is insufficient to establish the growth of vegetation, reseeded areas would be watered weekly until plants are established and self sufficient (based on weekly monitoring). Ecologist and Site Construction Manager. Additional strategies may be required to achieve 70% cover, dependent on season, amount of top soil and species selected. In rehabilitation areas that are actively grazed stock would be restricted until a stable surface is achieved. The success of the rehabilitation works would be monitored on a monthly basis post works to ensure stable surfaces (70% grass cover) are achieved. Strategies should involve an ecologist or agronomist where 70% cover has not been achieved. Follow up works would include weed control and reseeding, as required by monitoring. Benchmarks and indicators The protocols should be adapted as required to ensure the objective is achieved. Indicators to be monitored should include: Percentage grass cover 70% is the minimum required Weed ingress bare ground is susceptible to weed infestation. Active soil erosion bare ground is susceptible to soil erosion, further reducing the ability to re establish ground cover Regular tool box talks addressing the above issues Additional resources Restoration techniques can range from simply replacement of top soil, allowing the natural seed bank to germinate, through to importation of topsoil and planting of tube stock. Maintenance (watering and follow up seeding or planting) will similarly depend on the seasonal and other environmental conditions at the time of the works. The key to effective restoration will be using strategies appropriate to the location and condition. These decisions should be made with input from an ecologist or agronomist. If native tube stock is used, several months lead time will be required from local nurseries. Weed control methods should be specific to the species and in line with local management plans refer to weed control protocol. Erosion control devices work hand in hand with restoring ground cover refer to Soil and Water Management Subplan. Species lists for each vegetation site can be found in the Biodiversity Assessment, for the selection of native pasture species. Landowners should be consulted regarding species selection in exotic dominated pasture Final V2 26

183 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 8.5 TRENCH AND PIT PROTOCOL The following environmental procedure will be implemented for trench and pit excavation work to reduce the risk to fauna that may become trapped in trenches, minimise injury to fauna that become trapped and to ensure that trenches and pits are adequately rehabilitated. Protocol Responsibility Comment During works: Trenches and pits would be left open for the least amount of time practical Trenches / pits left open overnight will be sealed if possible to prevent fauna becoming trapped Unsealed trenches / pits left open overnight will be inspected at first light and any trapped fauna removed and relocated in areas of adjacent habitat outside the works area Site Construction Manager Depending on the length of the trench and the works program, it may not be possible to reliably seal trenches and pits to prevent trapping fauna. Where this is the case, trenches and pits must be checked at first light. WIRES should be called immediately to treat injured fauna and this should be logged as an incident. Where required, handle trapped animals safely, minimising stress and injury Where required, frogs will only be handled using gloves Ecologist where required Fauna should be handled only if required. Providing a ramp (leaning piece of timber) may allow the fauna to exit the trench without being handled. Post works Disturbed areas will be rehabilitated progressively as set out in the Rehabilitation Protocol. Site Construction Manager Refer to Rehabilitation Protocol Benchmarks and indicators The protocols should be adapted as required to ensure the objective is achieved. Indicators to be monitored should include: No injured fauna Any fauna trapped, removed at first light WIRES called immediately, if required Disturbed areas stabilised to prevent weed ingress or soil erosion Regular tool box talks addressing the above issues 1557 Final V2 27

184 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Additional resources The local number for WIRES should be retained onsite by the Site Construction Manager. (02) Animals that may become trapped in trenches or pits are most likely to include small mammals, frogs and reptiles. There are risks to these species and to onsite staff when handling these animals and it should be avoided where ever possible, using alternative methods such sealing trenches (to prevent trapping fauna) or providing ramps (to allow trapped fauna to escape). Where a trapped animal cannot be safely removed by onsite staff, a fauna handler should be called to the site Final V2 28

185 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm 8.6 BANNISTER 14 PROTOCOL A specific condition of consent applies to the construction of the turbine identified as BAN_14 and the associated access track. This is due to its proximity to an Endangered Ecological Community (vegetation of conservation significance). The objective of this protocol is to ensure that this condition is met by specifically: no direct impacts on EEC located in this area. Protocol objective Responsibility Comment The ecologist shall identify the extent of EEC adjacent to the works area, so this can be marked as a no go area Ecologist This should be done onsite with reference to the site plan. The ecologist shall assist identify the most appropriate areas for access and material laydown and other activities, to minimise indirect impacts on the EEC Ecologist This should be done in consultation with the Site Construction Manager. The boundary of treed areas will be clearly demarcated using a highly visible medium Ecologist to identify boundary. Site Construction Options include fencing, flags or tape. Manager to install and maintain boundary for duration of works in this area. No works are to be conducted in demarcated areas All staff Tool box talks should include how to identify and avoid no go areas. The clearing of trees will be strictly avoided. The construction of the access track, hardstand, cable trenches and the deposition of materials and equipment will be confined to existing cleared areas Site Construction Manager Too box talks should include where these activity areas are located. Access to the construction site shall be rationalised and clearly demarcated to minimise the potential for impacts on local vegetation Site Construction Manager Tool box talks should include approved access routes to this location 1557 Final V2 29

186 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Protocol objective Responsibility Comment No vehicles, equipment or machinery are to enter demarcated areas All staff Too box talks should include where these activity areas are located. No spoil, rubbish or construction materials are to be placed in demarcated areas All staff Too box talks should include where these materials should be placed. Indirect impacts (for example, potential for sediment laden runoff and weed ingress) will be managed by implementation of activity based protocols (Vegetation Clearing, Rehabilitation, Trench and Pit Protocols) Site Construction Manager Refer to Protocol these The ecologist shall attend all site works to advise on mitigation, management and monitoring measures Ecologist The protocols should be adapted as required to ensure the objective is achieved. Disturbed areas will be rehabilitated progressively as set out in the Rehabilitation Protocol Site Construction Manager Refer to Rehabilitation Protocol Benchmarks and indicators The protocols should be adapted as required to ensure the objective is achieved. Indicators to be monitored should include: No trees cleared in this area Access tracks rationalised to the minimum number and width required to undertake works Fence indicating no go areas maintained and clearly visible Materials laydown and other disturbance located in areas of least conservation value (existing exotic dominated pasture) Disturbed areas stabilised to prevent weed ingress or soil erosion Regular tool box talks addressing the above issues 1557 Final V2 30

187 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm Additional resources The Biodiversity Assessment for the project describes the vegetation adjacent to BAN 14 as mature Narrow leaf Peppermint Moist Forest. Narrow leaf peppermint is the dominant species (pictured) with blackwood (Acacia melanoxylon) in the understorey but it otherwise lacks a shrub layer and in its least disturbed form has a mixed grass/herb groundcover of moderate diversity including bracken (Pteridium esculentum) and shade tolerant grasses and herbs such as Microlaena stipoides, Austrodanthonia spp., Elymus scaber, Acaenanovae zelandiae, Asperula conferta and Viola betonicfolia. The treed areas belong to the EEC Basalt Tableland Forest and derived grasslands, where predominantly native, also belong to the EEC. Narrow leaf peppermint (Eucalyptus radiata) 1557 Final V2 31

188 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm APPENDIX A FLORA AND FAUNA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SITE PLANS This series of Flora and Fauna Environmental Management Site Plans, illustrates where the protocols described in this document apply. A total of six (6) maps are provided as follows: 1. An overview of the Gullen Range Wind Farm north including Kialla and Bannister 2. An overview of the Gullen Range Wind Farm south including Pomeroy and Gurrundah 3. Detailed site plan of Gullen Range Wind Farm north covering Kialla and north Bannister 4. Detailed site plan of Gullen Range Wind Farm north covering central and south Bannister 5. Detailed site plan of Gullen Range Wind Farm south covering Pomeroy 6. Detailed site plan of Gullen Range Wind Farm south covering Gurrundah 1557 Final V2 A 1

189 Flora and Fauna Management Sub plan (GR PM PLN 0006) Gullen Range Wind Farm APPENDIX B WEED CONTROL RESOURCES 1557 Final V2 B 1

190 Annex F Project Risk Analysis Matrix

191 Table F1 Project Environmental Risk Analysis Summary of Decommissioning Activity Potential Impacts Before Mitigation Mitigation After Mitigation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F1 Road Safety during decommissioning Increased light vehicle and heavy vehicle movements around the Project area Establishment of decommissioning support facilities site offices installation laydown and parking areas Traffic disruption during Transport of materials and components Increased noise at neighbouring receivers. Damage to stakeholder relationships Erosion and sedimentation during site establishment. Introduction of weeds / invasive species Environmental disturbance as a result of waste generation, storage and disposal Consequence Likelihood Risk 3 A H Implementation of the DTMP. Consultation with the relevant roads authority. Communication of activities with community using the Community Engagement Plan. 3 C M Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. 3 C M Implementation of management procedures defined in the DEMP related to stakeholder consultation and management 4 C M Implementation of the ESCPs identified in the DSWMP 4 C M Implementation of the weed management controls in the DFFMP. 4 C M Refer to waste management objectives and measures stated in section 6.10 of the DEMP No waste to be disposed of onsite. Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 B M 4 C M 4 C M 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L

192 Summary of Decommissioning Activity Potential Impacts Before Mitigation Mitigation After Mitigation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F2 Wind Turbine Decommissioning Shut down of transformers Removal of cables/other parts Consultation with network owner Underground cabling and overhead powerlines Damage to stakeholder relationships Increased noise at neighbouring receivers.. Increased noise at neighbouring receivers. Hydrocarbon, chemical leaks and spills Environmental disturbance as a result of waste generation, storage and disposal Deterioration of air quality (e.g. dust) Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 C M Implementation of management procedures defined in the DEMP related to stakeholder consultation and management 4 C M Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. 4 C M Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. 3 C M Implementation of Pollution Control and Waste Management Measures identified in the DSWMP. Compliance with PIRMP required by EPL. 4 C M Refer to waste management objectives and measures stated in section 6.10 of the DEMP No waste to be disposed of onsite. 4 C H Implementation of air quality and dust management procedures identified in Section 6.8 of the DEMP. Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L

193 Summary of Decommissioning Activity Potential Impacts Before Mitigation Mitigation After Mitigation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F3 Decommissioning of Electrical Transformers Shut down of transformers Removal of cables/other parts Consultation with network owner Underground cabling and overhead powerlines Decommissioning of Foundations: Covering foundations during decommissioning (as they will not be removed) Removal or decommissioned parts off-site Hydrocarbon, chemical leaks and spills Environmental disturbance as a result of waste generation, storage and disposal Increased noise at neighbouring receivers. Deterioration of air quality (e.g. dust) Environmental disturbance as a result of waste generation, storage and disposal Increased noise at neighbouring receivers. Consequence Likelihood Risk 3 C M Implementation of Pollution Control and Waste Management Measures identified in the DSWMP. Compliance with PIRMP required by EPL. 4 C M Refer to waste management objectives and measures stated in section 6.10 of the DEMP No waste to be disposed of onsite. 4 C H Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. 4 C H Implementation of air quality and dust management procedures identified in Section 6.8 of the DEMP. 4 C M Refer to waste management objectives and measures stated in section 6.10 of the DEMP No waste to be disposed of onsite. 4 C H Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L

194 Summary of Decommissioning Activity Potential Impacts Before Mitigation Mitigation After Mitigation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F4 Decommissioning of Operation and Maintenance Facilities: Removal of waste from site; Site Rehabilitation Hydrocarbon, chemical leaks and spills Introduction of weeds / invasive species Consequence Likelihood Risk 3 C M Implementation of Pollution Control and Waste Management Measures identified in the DSWMP. Compliance with PIRMP required by EPL. 4 C M Implementation of the weed management controls in the DFFMP. Erosion and sedimentation. 4 C M Implementation of the ESCPs identified in the DSWMP Environmental disturbance as a result of waste generation, storage and disposal Increased noise at neighbouring receivers. Introduction of weeds / invasive species Deterioration of air quality (e.g. dust) 4 C M Refer to waste management objectives and measures stated in section 6.10 of the DEMP No waste to be disposed of onsite. 4 C M Management of noise using procedures in the DNMP. 4 C M Implementation of the weed management controls in the DFFMP. 4 C M Implementation of air quality and dust management procedures identified in Section 6.8 of the DEMP. Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L 4 D L

195 Summary of Decommissioning Activity Potential Impacts Before Mitigation Mitigation After Mitigation ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F5 Rehabilitation of Access Roads Importation of fill material; Site grading and contouring; Site re-seeding. Introduction of weeds / invasive species Deterioration of air quality (e.g. dust) Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 C M Implementation of the weed management controls in the DFFMP. 4 C M Implementation of air quality and dust management procedures identified in Section 6.8 of the DEMP. Consequence Likelihood Risk 4 D L 4 D L

196 Table F2 Risk Probability Categories Rank Probability Description ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F6 Table F3 Risk Consequence Categories A Almost Certain Happens often and is expected to occur B Likely Could easily happen and would probably occur C Possible Could happen and has occurred elsewhere D Unlikely Unlikely to happen but may occur E Rare Could happen, but only in extreme circumstances Rank Consequence Description 1 Extreme 2 Major 3 Moderate 4 Minor 5 Low Positive Consequences Permanent and catastrophic impacts on the environment; large impact area: reportable incident to external agency; substantial community concern. Permanent and detrimental impacts on the environment; large impact area: reportable incident to external agency; high level of community concern. Substantial temporary or minor long term detrimental impacts on the environment; moderate impact area; reportable incident to external agency; some community concern. Limited detrimental impacts on the environment; small impact area; not reportable incident; limited community concern. Nil or temporary impacts to the environment, small or isolated impact area; not reportable incident; no community concern. 1 Major Permanent beneficial impacts on the environment or population; large impact area. 2 Moderate Substantial temporary or minor long term beneficial impacts on the environment or population; moderate impact area. 3 Minor Limited beneficial impacts on the environment or population; small impact area.

197 Table F4 Project Environmental Risk Matrix ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA / FINAL /21 DECEMBER 2016 F7 Likelihood 1. Extreme Negative Consequences 2. Major 3. Moderate 4. Minor A. Almost certain VH VH H H M B. Likely VH H H M M C. Possible H H M M L D. Unlikely H M M L L E. Rare H M L L L VH Very High, H High, M Medium, L - Low 5. Low

198 Annex G Gullen Range Wind Farm Complaints Handling Procedure

199 Our Complaints Handling Procedure Overview Gullen Range Wind Farm takes all complaints very seriously and aims to acknowledge and resolve complaints in a timely manner. This document sets out our commitment to the public regarding the management and resolution of complaints. It is made available on our website. What is a complaint and who can make a complaint? We define a complaint as an expression of dissatisfaction made to or about New Gullen Range Wind Farm, related to its services, staff or the handling of a complaint, where a response or resolution is explicitly or implicitly expected or legally required. It is helpful to us if complainants clarify that they are lodging a complaint rather than an enquiry. We acknowledge that anyone has a right to lodge a complaint and we will ensure that all the complaints we receive will be managed respectfully, objectively and efficiently. How to make a complaint You can lodge a complaint by: Using our online form - Calling us on our toll-free phone: Please note this is an answering service and we will call you back after we receive your message. ing us on the address - info@gullenrangewindfarm.com. Writing to us at: NGRWF, Suite 3, level 21, 1 York Street, Sydney, NSW In person by prior arrangement via our head office in Sydney. The more detail you can include in your complaint, the easier it is for us to try and find a resolution. For instance, if your complaint is about noise from the wind turbines, it is helpful for us if you can provide: 1. A description of the noise which was causing an impact. 2. Time and date of occurrence of noise. 3. How long you could hear the noise for. 4. The weather conditions at the time you could hear the noise. What we do when you make a complaint Where your complaint is made in person, we will acknowledge and provide an initial response immediately if possible, or if it is not possible, on the following working day. Where your complaint is made by phone, or via the website, we ll ensure that we provide an initial response by the following working day. v _1

200 If your complaint is received by post with no or phone contact details provided, we will provide a written response within five working days. If we are unable to resolve your complaint at the time it is raised, we will provide a proposed resolution or update within five working days. You can also contact us to check how your complaint is progressing at any time. We are committed to resolving all complaints promptly. However, some complaints are complex and may take longer than five days to resolve. We will contact you where further investigation is needed and will keep you informed regarding the progress of your complaint. In all instances, we will let you know the results of our investigations and how we propose to resolve your complaint. We will aim to include the following in our response: 1. What actions we have taken. 2. A summary of the outcome. 3. The reasons behind any decisions made. 4. Any remedy or resolutions offered. We will request feedback from you on whether you consider your complaint closed. Depending on your feedback we will close your complaint. However, if no response is received from yourself within 10 working days, the complaint will be considered closed. If you would like your complaint further investigated If you feel we have not resolved your complaint to your satisfaction, then you can escalate your complaint by contacting the following offices: Office of the National Wind Farm Commissioner o Website - o - nwfc@environment.gov.au o Post - National Wind Farm Commissioner, PO Box 24434, Melbourne VIC 3001 o Telephone NSW Department of Planning and Environment Compliance Team o Phone o - information@planning.nsw.gov.au Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) o Website - o Environment Line phone Complaints Register In accordance with Condition 5.5 of the wind farm s Project Approval, it is a requirement for us to record all complaints in a Complaints Register. Your privacy is very important to us and your information will be kept confidential. An anonymous version of this Complaints Register is available on our website. It is updated monthly. v _1

201 Annex H Soil and Water Management Plan

202 Soil and Water Management Plan GR-PM-PLN-0007 MARCH 2011

203 Document Verification Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Approved by Base document preparation by nghenvironmental: Draft V Scott Hocking Erwin Budde Brooke Marshall Draft V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Document finalisation: Final V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde suite 1, 216 carp st (po box 470) bega nsw 2550 australia t e ngh@nghenvironmental.com.au unit 17, 27 yallourn st (po box 1037) fyshwick act 2609 australia t f unit 18, level 3, 21 mary st surry hills nsw 2010 australia t suite 1, 39 fitzmaurice st (po box 5464) wagga wagga nsw 2650 australia t f suite 7, 5/18 griffin dr (po box 1037) dunsborough wa 6281 australia t

204 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Table of Contents 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP INTRODUCTION LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT AIM AND OBJECTIVES THE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITIES SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES, IMPACTS AND RISKS SOIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLANS Preparation of Plans Review of Plans Minimum Standards ACCESS TRACKS CABLING SOIL AND STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT Soil reuse Stockpile Management CROWN LAND SOIL DISTURBANCE EXCLUSION SOIL SAMPLING Acid Sulfate Soils Soil contamination Contingency procedures WATER SOURCE AND USAGE Sources of Water Water quantity expected: Concrete Batching Dust Suppression Water Use REHABILITATION REFERENCES Appendix A DWE Access Track Guidelines Appendix B Sandard Drawings from the Blue Book Appendix C ASS treatment procedure 1557 Final V1 i

205 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Appendix D Erosion and Sediment control procedure Appendix E Dewatering and discharge management procedure Appendix F Spoil management procedure Appendix G Ass chance find procedure Appendix H Spill and Environmental Incident Management Procedure Appendix I Contamination Management Procedure Appendix J- M Indicative ERSED control plans Appendix N Soil landscapes of the project Tables Table 2-1: Soil landscapes within each precinct... 4 Table 3-1: Personnel with specific soil and water responsibilities... 5 Table 5-1: Risk matrix... 9 Table 5-2: Risk Assessment... 9 Table 6.1 Water use schedule Table 6.2: Dust suppression scenarios 1557 Final V1 ii

206 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP Documents Required Before Construction Documents Requirements Before Operation Other Documents Stage 1 Community Information Plan FINANCIAL CLOSE Stage 2 Compliance Tracker CONSTRUCTION Stage 3 Website Community Enhancement Program CEP approval Stakeholder Communications Plan Complaints Procedure Compensatory Habitat Package Bird and Bat Management Plan Powerful Owl Management Plan TV & Radio SSMP Bushfire Risk Management Plan Aviation Management Plan Lease Arrangements for Decom. CEMP- TMP CEMP- SWMP CEMP- WMP CEMP- BSMP CEMP- BMP CEMP- NMPC CEMP- FFMP CEMP- CHMP Land Acquisition Progress Documents OEMP- RNP OEMP- NOS OEMP- NCP OEMP- LMP Safety Management System Shadow Flicker Master List of Management Plans Detailed Design Commissioning Documents Turbine Supply Agreement Project Management Documents Operation and Maintenance Documents Project Schedule Final Layout (WTG) Layout Drawings Consistency Review Ongoing Document Non-ongoing Document Reference Document Construction Certificates OPERATION 1557 Final V1 1

207 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The Conditions of Consent outline the following environmental requirements, specific to soil and water management. Land and Environment Court Condition: 2.57 Except as may be expressively provided by an Environment Protection Licence for the project, the Proponent shall comply with section 120 of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 which prohibits the pollution of waters 2.58 Prior to the commencement of construction the Proponent must indicate to the Director- General in consultation with the Department of Water and Energy, the details of which water sources are to be used, from which property, for which purpose and the volume and time period required to utilise the water Soil disturbing activities of any nature are not permitted in the classified Crown Road reserve between Gurrundah Creek and ten metres upslope from the northern end of the abandoned sheep dip site located on the Hillview property, being Lot 206 DP750043, other than any soil sampling activities being carried out by a suitably qualified person to identify whether any soil contamination is present. Statements of commitment, SRSoC 78 The concrete batching plants would contain settling ponds sufficient to capture all concrete wash. Wash water would be recycled onsite (in cement mix, road base and dust control) and would not be released. SRSoC 79 Waste sludge would be recovered from the settling pond and used in the production of road base manufactured onsite. The waste material would be taken from the batching plant to be blended in the road base elsewhere onsite. SRSoC 114 Underground rather than overhead transmission would be used where possible and where it would not result in inappropriate risks to soils and land forms. Although extensive existing electricity transmission infrastructure is present on the site and to the south, the cumulative impact of the development would be reduced where possible. A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared for the Gullen Range Wind Farm Works. This Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP) forms a subplan as part of the CEMP and encapsulates these conditions. This plan is intended to be implemented in accordance with and complemantary of the CEMP and associated plans e.g. TMP, WMP etc and is not to be be used as separate implementation plan. Details of the project can be found in the CEMP Final V1 2

208 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 2.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVES The purpose of this Soil and Water Management Plan is to identify erosion, sedimentation and water quality issues potentially arising from the Project and to minimise the adverse impacts of construction activities on local waterways and adjacent land. The specific objectives of the Soil and Water Management Plan are to: Identify and document the soil and water risks from the project. Present overall soil and water management principles and guidelines for the construction phase of the Project. Describe the practical measures and best management practices to prevent or mitigate potential downstream impacts relating to soil and water. Outline the roles and responsibilities of those involved in the design and implementation of soil and water management controls. Outline an effective monitoring, auditing and reporting framework to assess the effectiveness of the controls implemented. Provide an efficient, simplified and diligent approach to addressing the issue of erosion, sedimentation and water quality along the length of the Project. 2.3 THE ENVIRONMENT The project runs along a north-south running ridge system of the Great Dividing Range between Gunning, Crookwell and Goulburn in NSW s southern tablelands. There are four precincts where infrastructure would be installed, Kialla, Bannister, Pomeroy and Gurrundah. All of these precincts are located on private property within and adjacent to agricultural areas used for sheep and cattle grazing. The three differing soil types that occur onsite (Table 2-1) range in erosion potential from low, Macalister, to very high in the Midgee. As such, managing potential erosion and associated landform stability and sediment mobilisation impacts are serious issues during the construction and decommissioning phases. Soil compaction and soil erosion are likely to occur during excavation works, road works and the transport of machinery. There is also a risk of potential soil contamination from the use of hydrocarbon fuels and toilet facilities during construction of the turbines. Soil contamination by hydrocarbon spillage is addressed within section The Lachlan River is the largest river in the area. It is located approximately 20 kilometres west of the development site. There are a number of creeks in the vicinity of the sites where infrastructure would be installed and operated. Banks appear extensively denuded in the area with active erosion gullies common. Larger creeks, including Heffernans Creek and Gurrundah Creek, have a greater degree of upper strata riparian vegetation than smaller water bodies, usually vegetated with a mix of native and exotic grasses and graminoids Final V1 3

209 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Table 2-1: Soil landscapes within each precinct Soil landscape Precinct Topography Erosion hazard Limitations Hazard potenti al Nonconcentr ated flows Concen trated flows Midgee (mi) Pomeroy Rolling to low hills Very High Yes Yes Naturally infertile with many areas left under timber and remainder used for light grazing. Known for widespread minor to moderate sheet erosion. Gullying of drainage lines also a risk. Macalister (mc) Gurrundah and Kialla Undulating to rolling low hills Low Yes Yes Used primarily for cattle grazing and production of fodder crops, some stands of natural forest remain. Little erosion occurs on the soils formed on the basalt remnants. Some gully and sheet erosion are present on other soil types. Blackney Creek (bc) Bannister Valleys within undulating low hills High Yes Yes Used for grazing of sheep and cattle. Some fodder cropping near Crookwell. Moderate to severe gullying and moderate sheet erosion occur extensively. Saline areas on many valley flats Final V1 4

210 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to soil and water management are detailed in Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1: Personnel with specific soil and water responsibilities Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority GRWF management team GRWF Senior management and strategic control Responsible for providing the required resources to complete the required tasks and to facilitate company corporate support. Authority to limit and stop works Delegates to GRWF Project Manager Owners Representitive Ben Bateman GRWF PTY LTD Project Manger Owner s Representative Determining sequence and interaction of processes Ensure communications and reporting framework in place Ensure the goals of the CEMP (and subplans) are achieved Report incidents to ER and to agencies Ensure mitigation plans are appropriate and resourced All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Authority to update CEMP and implement upon ER endorsement and DoP/Agency Approval Stop Work orders Review CEMP Tom Frood Goldwind Australia EPC Manager Report incidents to ER and OR. To ensure timely delivery of corrective actions Ensure CEMP is communicated and implemented Responsible for compliance with all applicable environmental legislation and contract obligations. Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF PM OR Delegates to discipline managers Stop Work orders Erwin Budde nghenvironmental Environmental Representative be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken Final V1 5

211 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority plans/programs; consider and advise the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental performance and impacts of the project; ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and be given the authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. TBC BoP Contractor TBC Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer (SCECO) Responsible for the implementation and maintenance of CEMP To report incidents to ER and EPC Manager To implement corrective actions Monitor corrective actions Comply with regulations within CEMP Ensure training is delivered and appropriate Site Construction and Environmental Officers (SCEOs) are responsible for the day-today management of all on-site environmental aspects including field testing, site inspections and any monitoring requirements within their designated area(s). SCEOs play a key role as part of the construction team, and play a practical role in maintaining Implementation of stop work orders Reports to EPC manager 1557 Final V1 6

212 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority on-site environmental controls (e.g. erosion and sedimentation controls, incident response) and environmental data collection (e.g. waste tracking, auditing). Site personnel TBC Onsite construction staff Ensure goals of CEMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) Receive training 1557 Final V1 7

213 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 4 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and where identified Erosion and Sediment Control Procedures (Appendix D). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. CEMP and EWMS documentation is to be supplied to the Goldwind Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. Goldwind will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Formal advice in this respect will be provided to the subcontractor before works can commence Final V1 8

214 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 5 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES, IMPACTS AND RISKS The environmental aspects referred to in this plan are those activities associated with the project that have the potential to cause adverse environmental impacts on soil and water quality. Construction activities have the potential to cause on-site and off-site erosion, sedimentation and water quality deterioration. Table 5-1: Risk matrix Consequence High Moderate Low 1 High High High Moderate Likelihood 2 Moderate High Moderate Moderate 3 Low Moderate Moderate Low Aspects of the construction process that may have an environmental impact on soil and water are summarised in Table 5-2. Table 5-2: Risk Assessment Activity Potential impact L C R Clearing Grubbing and Exposure to soil erosion Sedimentation of local waterways Reduced visual value of natural features Contamination by hydrocarbon or chemical spill Moderate High Moderate Turbine footing/crane hardstand construction Erosion of disturbed areas Erosion of stockpiles Reduced air quality (dust) Sedimentation of local waterways Concrete wash Use of local water supplies Contamination by hydrocarbon or chemical spill High Moderate High Pole and line installation Erosion of disturbed areas Erosion of stockpiles Reduced air quality (dust) Sedimentation of local waterways Reduced visual value of natural features Contamination by hydrocarbon or chemical spill High Moderate Moderate Access Construction Exposure to soil erosion Direct impacts on streambeds through excavation High Moderate High 1557 Final V1 9

215 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Activity Potential impact L C R works Contamination by hydrocarbon or chemical spill Erosion of disturbed areas Erosion of stockpiles Reduced air quality (dust) Sedimentation of local waterways 1557 Final V1 10

216 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 6 SOIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS 6.1 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLANS Preparation of Plans Erosion and sedimentation control plans (ESCP plans) will be developed for each activity and at each stage of the project. ESCP plans will be developed by the principle contractor, or by subcontractors as part of their Work Method Statements and will align with the principles and requirements of this plan, the CEMP, the WMP and also ensure they meet the requirements/exclusions set out in additional plans such as FFMP to ensure areas of sensitivity are protected effectively. The process for identifying the need for this is outlined in Appendix D. During the development of the plans the selected contractor will ensure that provisions relating to soil landscape, geology, geotechnical, water resources and contamination information is included in the plans to be implemented Review of Plans All ESCP plans will be reviewed and approved by the Goldwind Australia Site Construction Manager. The ER will also review the ESCP plans prior to implementation Minimum Standards All ERSED plans would be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Blue Book. Examples of standard drawings from the Blue Book are contained in Appendix B. The following principles will apply to ERSED plans: Sediment traps would be installed wherever there is potential for sediment run-off in to water ways or the potential for run-off on to neighbouring properties. Initial areas for ERSED controls are noted on the map (Appendix J-M). These are subject to review and confirmation by the elected contractors however the minimum standards described in this plan will be utilised at all times. Stockpiles of soil, vegetation, rock and other materials generated as a result of construction activities would be bunded with silt fencing, (hay bales or similar) to reduce the potential for runoff from these areas where there is a likelihood of storage for less than 2 weeks. On the steeper slopes check banks would be installed across the trenchline, as appropriate, following closure of the trench. These would discharge runoff to areas of stable vegetation Stabilisation of disturbed ground and stockpiled material would be undertaken as soon as practicable during construction. Furthermore, rehabilitation of disturbed ground would be carried out at the completion of construction works; This may utilise hydroseeding, capping or rehabilitation techniques where appropriate. Swale devices will be used to disperse rather than concentrate run-off Soil and water management practices would be guided by the Best Practice guidelines contained within Soils and Construction Vol. 1 (Landcom 2004) 1557 Final V1 11

217 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 6.2 ACCESS TRACKS Access tracks would be constructed to conform as much as possible with the DWE Access Track Guidelines (Appendix A). In addition, the following guiding principles apply: Tracks would be graded to enhance their stability Access routes and tracks would be confined to already disturbed areas, where possible Sealing of roads would occur as appropriate Offsite roads adjacent to sensitive receivers would be monitored and precautionary measures put in place to ensure reduced dust levels and improved drainage 6.3 CABLING Where possible, onsite cabling will be installed underground rather than using overhead lines. This is subject to the provisions of planning, costs and engineering practicality. 6.4 SOIL AND STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT Soil reuse Excavated material would be used in road base construction and as aggregate for footings where possible. Surplus material would be disposed of in appropriate locations on site (on agreement with the landowner), finished with topsoil, and revegetated. The choice of vegetation is to be a combination of existing or native grass types to ensure the goals of the FFMP. Hydro-seeded will be considered where this is not appropriate e.g. has no vegetative value or is not required by the landowner. Surplus topsoil would be stockpiled on site during construction, and following construction would be distributed on the site (particularly over former hardstand areas and access roads) to assist with revegetation and rehabilitation conditions e.g. L&ECO 7.3c(iv) and to ensure erosion and sediment control is effective in line with this plan and the CEMP. Subsoil would be separated from topsoil for rehabilitation and screening purposes. All topsoil from the excavation sites would be stockpiled and replaced to its original depth for seeding and fertilising. On steep slopes, topsoil would need to be stabilised using, for example, jute matting. Any excess subsoil would be removed from the site and disposed of at an appropriate site identified in the WMP Stockpile Management Stockpiled material can be classified as soil excavated from foundations, roads or other facilities. It is the output of the excavation works that is not used directly in the construction. Product stockpiles are defined as the storage of materials such as components, machinery and tools. Any material stockpiled for longer than 2 weeks or identified as posing any additional risks (run-off etc) would be covered with plastic, seeded (where applicable polymer and/or hydromulch application with a cover crop dependent upon the season) or otherwise bound to reduce dust. Dust levels at stockpile sites would be visually monitored. Dust suppression (eg. water sprays) would be implemented if required. Should the stockpiles become surplus to the construction process (and therefore become waste) the management of the materials will occur in accordance with the WMP and CEMP. The procedures to control contamination as outlined in this plan will also be implemented Final V1 12

218 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Product stockpiles would be protected from prevailing weather conditions and ERSED controls such as bailing, bunding, capping and sediment fencing would be considered to control stockpile movement. Alternatively stockpiles may be used for rehabilitation and screening purposes. 6.5 CROWN LAND SOIL DISTURBANCE EXCLUSION Soil disturbing activities of any nature are not permitted in the classified Crown Road reserve between Gurrundah Creek and ten metres upslope from the northern end of the abandoned sheep dip site located on the Hillview property, being Lot 206 DP750043, other than any soil sampling activities being carried out by a suitably qualified person to identify whether any soil contamination is present. Works are not proposed to take place in this area due to the above mentioned condition. Soil sampling will be carried out across the construction site however it is not anticipated to occur in this specific location. Therefore this condition of approval will not be relevant to the works 6.6 SOIL SAMPLING To ensure that the soil landscapes, permeability and erodibility, and potential contamination are identified it is anticipated that the selected contractors will undertake soil sampling of the site at the following locations: Turbine foundations Access tracks Substation Work compounds Stockpile areas This will be undertaken to ensure contamination is not present and that adequate knowledge of the soil conditions are gained to construct the appropriate mitigation measures e.g. ERSED controls. Management of this will be undertaken by the Site Environment Officer and the methodology, commencement and results will be reviewed by the ER prior to being undertaken. Should contamination or adverse conditions be identified contingency plans will be utilised as described in Acid Sulfate Soils A search of CSIRO s Australian Soil Resource Information System indicates that the Project area has low probability for the presence of acid sulfate soils and no acid sulfate soils are mapped in the area Soil contamination During the construction works there is the potential for leakage/spill of hydrocarbons in the form of fuels, greases, oils and other chemicals. Procedures to ensure the reduction of this risk are dealt with in the CEMP, WMS, and TMP. Extensive training is to be given to operators of plant, equipment and will be part of the induction process. Should contamination occur or be identified prior to/during works (regardless of if this impact is identified as being part of the onsite works) then assessment will be made as to the most appropriate 1557 Final V1 13

219 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) form of mitigation and disposal. This will be agreed by the ER and the site management team prior to mitigation being implemented. Disposal procedures are described in Appendix I Contingency procedures Throughout the construction process it is anticipated that ongoing assessment will be undertaken as outlined in 6.5. To ensure that this process is adequately managed there will be a number of procedures that will be implemented by the construction team throughout the construction period. The procedures will form the basis for identifying the requirement to implement mitigation measures and to identify if contingency plans are required. The appendices below illustrate the type of procedures and how the outcomes will be managed. Although the contingency plans are to be developed by the contractors, the final plans are required to adhere to and complement this plan, the CEMP, the WMP and other inter-related documents: Appendix C: ASS procedure Appendix D: Erosion and Sediment control procedure Appendix E: Dewatering and discharge management procedure Appendix F: Spoil management procedure Appendix G: Ass Chance Find Procedure Appendix H: Spill and Environmental Incident Management Procedure Appendix I: Contamination Management Procedure The elected contractor may be required to design and implement additional procedures should ground conditions at the site require it. This will be identified following the appointment of contractor and control procedures outlined in the CEMP and other sub-plans where relevant. 6.7 WATER SOURCE AND USAGE Sources of Water Water would be sourced from an onsite bore (Pomeroy) as well as other local sources including onsite dams. There are approximately 15 ground water bores located within the project boundary (Natural Resources Atlas Search). Approximately 5 dams have been noted across the project area however these are not registered dams (OEH) and therefore will require assessment to ascertain if they are adequate for extraction. Groundwater bores range from 15-30metres in depth and noted as being of low salinity. Further investigations from the selected contractor will identify: If the landholder will giver permission to use the bore The quantity and quality of water extractable The licensing requirements licensing will be sought by the contractor where required by the office of water prior to extraction under the Water management Act The practicality of using the bore if the use will significantly impact project schedule, disturb habitat or if he bore qualityis low/low yield then this is likely to be dismissed as an option. The surrounding vegetation or water dependent ecosystems this will be assessed in consultation with the ER and will utilise the principles and management measures of the FFMP where it is identified the water is required by the ecosystem or will impact upon it Final V1 14

220 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Detailed analysis is underway to identify the exact requirements for this and this plan will be updated as required. Principally, ground water extraction on property is to be agreed with landowners prior to commencement. Should this be unavailable, either through the availability (in the case of drought) or because the necessary permissions cannot be achieved then water will be transported from offsite. This would be managed in accordance with this plan and the CEMP and has also been included in the TMP traffic volumes. No water would be sourced from creeks or rivers without relevant extraction permits being sought. No ground water would be sourced without relevant permits being sought. Permits will not be required where water is sourced from offsite resources Water would be reused where possible to reduce the total amount required and also to limit the quantity of waste water production. Sediment basins could be designed (where appropriate) to capture runoff and then this could potentially be reused on the site. No water would be or discharged into creeks, rivers or drainage lines without meeting the dewatering quality requirements of the Blue Book and ANZEC guidelines subject to the provisions in the de-watering procedure. The quality of any waters discharged would be monitored prior to discharge Water quantity expected: The total quantity of water expected during construction is anticipated to be 64,700KL with volumes being required in the following time frames: Table 6.1 Water use schedule Construction Schedule Kilolitres (1000 litres) per week Construction Site Wk0 to wk KL Pomeroy Wk21 to wk KL Gurrundah and Bannister Wk41 to wk60 300KL Bannister and Kialla Due to the program of works being delineated i.e. activities occurring at different parts of a parcel of land at each stage it is not possible at this time to anticipate what volumes will be required on each landowner property accurately and therefore the above description may change. It should also be noted that consideration will be given to the availability of water at each site. Further information will be made available to the Department of Planning and Office of Water as it becomes available Concrete Batching It has been identified that no concrete batching facility will be used on the GRWF construction site. Waste concrete would be utilised for road base where applicable or disposed of in line with the management measures outlined in the WMP. In the instance that roads have been completed and in the absence of any other re-use option then the measures within the WMP would prevail for the disposal of the material at an approved facility by an approved disposal contractor (BlueWater Treatment) Final V1 15

221 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) In the instance that batching does occur on site this plan will be updated and approved by the ER prior to the activity being undertaken. Discharge of water from the batching plant, concrete washing and truck washing will be undertaken in line with the requirements under this plan. Should a batching plant become a requirement then the methodology for storing, cleaning and disposal of water will be developed and this plan updated. Any concrete wash deemed unfit for onsite purposes will be disposed of offsite in a landfill licensed to take the waste as identified in the WMP (Berrima TFS) Dust Suppression Water Use Dust suppression would be carried out where required. Central to controlling dust are means to determine when dust suppression is required and having adequate access to water or chemical dust suppression alternatives to control dust. Dust suppression would be carried out where identified and as a minimum in the following circumstances: Table 6.2: Dust suppression scenarios Circumstance Timing Mitigation Dry weather Periods of extended (1 day) of high temperatures and dry weather After deliveries of materials and heavy deliveries As observed Pre-Spray with water, or suitable product Soil stabilisers for temporary access tracks Unsealed offsite roads Adjacent to sensitive receivers e.g. Storriers lane After heavy deliveries e.g. WTG components During heavy traffic periods e.g. start/end of working day Immediate (bowser following delivery vehicle as appropriate) Prior to high traffic volumes During deliveries of components and aggregate During heavy traffic periods e.g. start/end of working day During dry weather Immediate (bowsers following delivery vehicle as appropriate) Prior to high traffic volumes Pre-Spray with water or Petrotac Soil stabilisers for temporary access tracks Notify council of traffic movements (TCP) Gravel or sealing of roads to be considered as appropriate Pre-Spray with water or Petrotac Soil stabilisers for temporary access tracks Consider sealing the road Notification of residents 1557 Final V1 16

222 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Windy conditions Aggregate and materials deliveries Wind conditions reach above 5m/s The delivery of aggregate and other materials Implementation of precautionary spraying of unsealed roads Monitoring of wind and road conditions Weather reporting All loads to be covered in accordance with this plan and applicable laws. As dust control is a dynamic activity it is likely that the above table will be expanded in reaction to events identified during construction. Dust control devices such as water sprays, bowsers and necessary water resources will be kept on site and at each work area as required. Offsite dust control will be provided for as identified as a requirement in the risk assessment process. At no time will activities occur without the required risk assessment being carried out and the controls as recommended in this plan and the associated CEMP (including sub-plans) being in place. 7 REHABILITATION Rehabilitation of disturbed areas will occur both progressively as the site construction progresses and sections are completed and at the end of the construction period. This will align with the rehabilitation plans that are a requirement under the OEMP which will be developed prior to commissioning and will be subsequently reviewed by the ER and approved by the Director General. 8 REFERENCES Hird, C. (1991). Soil Landscapes of the Goulburn 1: Sheet Report. Soil Conservation Service of NSW, Sydney 1557 Final V1 17

223 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Appendix A DWE Access Track Guidelines 1557 Final V1 18

224 Introduction Access tracks or trails of a basic engineering standard are widely used on grazing and timbered lands in New South Wales. They form a network through State Forests, National Parks, private property and Crown Lands. They are commonly used for logging access, fire management, stock movement and recreation. They also provide access to power and water supply lines. These tracks tend to follow the natural landforms, with construction usually consisting of minimum earthworks and drainage. The track surface is rarely gravelled and maintenance is often left until the surface has severely eroded and access is restricted. Erosion associated with tracks can; _ be a major factor in destroying trafficability and create safety problems _ contribute to inferior water quality- and the sedimentation of streams By constructing the track surface with outfall drainage and trafficable cross banks, it is possible to reduce erosion damage and maintenance needs. Establishing and maintaining vegetation on the tracks can further reduce erosion. These guidelines outline the principles of planning, constructing and maintaining tracks to minimise soil erosion and to control runoff. Consideration of erosion control measures at the planning and construction stage will reduce the cost and increase the effectiveness of track maintenance programs. The guidelines are based on the understanding that there is a very wide variation of geology, soils, topography, vegetation and climate, not only over the State, but within the length of a single track. Such variations make it impossible to provide recommendations which can be applied to all situations. Where special erosion problems occur on specific tracks, consult the Soil Conservation Service. Definitions of terms used in these guidelines have been included at the end of this leaflet. Planning Erosion of low standard tracks can quickly destroy the trafficable surface and yield significant amounts of sediment to streams. By carefully considering the following points at the planning stage, you can ensure that construction will minimise erosion and reduce maintenance needs; purpose of track or trail type and volume of authorised traffic type and volume of possible unauthorised traffic soil type soil erosion hazards present along the track drainage line crossings topographic restrictions (steep slopes, rock outcrops, swampy areas) potential mass movement areas runon water vegetation types, density and size feasibility of proposed construction alternative site? Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Consider alternative routes for the proposed track using all available information. Aim to limit soil and vegetation disturbance when you select the route. Wherever possible, construct the track simply by slashing or blading the surface vegetation. Avoid lading soil except where it is necessary to build a track bench on side slopes; to form drainage line approaches or to make rough surfaces trafficable. Location Site tracks so as to reduce the risk of sediment entering drainage lines and generally keep them well above flood levels. Keep them far enough from a stream to allow an effective vegetation buffer to contain any sediment flowing from the track. Avoid physical features which may indicate the possibility of mass movement problems such as: _ high erosion hazard soils - Class C and Class D (refer to Definitions) _ slopes with steps, clay beds, hummocky topography Crossing of long, steep unstable slopes, especially where bedrock is highly weathered, is not recommended. Avoid cut and fill on moisture laden foot-slopes. Grades Tracks should have at least a slight grade to allow free surface drainage and to avoid excessive ponding in wheel tracks. Steep gradients, limiting the option of nonerosive track drainage. are reached well before those limiting the passage of most four wheel drive vehicles. Sections of ineffectively drained tracks can quickly become untrafficable, especially located on Class B, C or D soils. Generally the grade of a track should be less than 10 degrees. However, short lengths of steeper grade may be needed to negotiate difficult sections or to take advantage of favourable terrain and may therefore be acceptable in these circumstances. In designing sections with grades exceeding 10 degrees, note that effective, easily trafficable cross banks can be built only on tracks with grades generally less than 12 degrees. Sections steeper than 12 degrees will require special drainage works. Where it is necessary for grades to exceed 15 degrees on Class A and Class B soils and 12 degrees on Class C soils, gravelling and more sophisticated road drainage will be required. Tracks on sloping areas of Class D soils should be avoided. Surface drainage Effective surface drainage is required on tracks and trails to control runoff, preventing it from concentrating and reaching erosive speeds. A number of techniques can be used to provide surface drainage Final V1 19

225 Crossfall drainage There are two forms of crossfall drainage outfall and infall (refer to Definitions). Outfall drainage is preferred and should be used except when fill batters are unconsolidated and likely to erode fill batters exceed l.5 metres in height In these situations use infall drainage. Table drains. batter drop drown drains and culverts and pipes will also be required. Without adequate culverts, table drains quickly erode, often endangering the trafficability of the track. Outfall drainage is often sufficient to ensure control of runoff. This form of drainage reduces runoff along the track, directing it across the surface and over the track batter. The low fill batters associated with this standard of track can often withstand the dispersed flow of outfall drainage. Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Figure l: Outfall surfacing of the road should be used instead of infalling. To ensure effectiveness of the outfall, remove any earth windrow which develops at construction on the down-slope side of the track. Closing tracks in wet weather will keep wheel ruts from forming and will help maintain effective outfall drainage. Cross banks Where runoff can not be controlled simply with outfall drainage, use cross banks to baulk runoff and direct it across the track surface. Correctly located and built, these banks give easily trafficable, effective, cheap, long-term and low maintenance track drainage. Cross bank construction On new tracks or those affected by erosion, build cross banks at the spacing indicated below: Notwithstanding the above guidelines, the stability of the track in operation will eventually dictate the need for variations in the location and spacing of cross banks. Consider the following points in choosing sites for cross banks: location of stable and clear outlet points recommendations of spacing tempered by experience and the existing condition of the track location of short sections of flatter track grade allowing cross bank construction on a generally steep track Outlet Select a suitable outlet point for the bank, one that is not blocked by a stump or rock. Site the outlet so that runoff will spill into undisturbed vegetation and can not flow back onto the track. Rip the track to a depth of 20 to 30 cm for a distance of one or two tractor lengths back from the chosen outlet point. Then push the loose earth down the track into a bank, commencing at the uphill side of the track and working across the outlet side. A long shallow excavation for the bank is preferred to a short deep excavation. Sufficient loose earth must be used to give the required dimensions (Figure.2) after shaping and compaction. Depending on the size of the machine being used, up to eight bladefuls of earth may be required (Figures 3 & 4). Ensure the crest width dimensions are long enough to ensure comfortable 1557 Final V1 20

226 vehicle access over the cross bank. The channel depth dimensions are essential to prevent runoff from overtopping the bank. Cross banks are most effective 'if constructed with only a slight angle to the track obtaining a grade of approximately 1:20. This ensures that runoff does not pond.in the bank channel. The bank can be shaped with the tractor blade and the entire length of the bank should be track or wheel rolled to obtain maximum compaction and a smooth, even bank. A sweep with the blade will clean loose earth from the channel of the bank. The small bank of earth resulting at the outlet can often be left as a silt trap and water spreader. Push this earth only just far enough so that draining water can clear the track effectively. If you have to fill an eroded table drain to build a bank, compact the bank at that point with extra earth to allow for slumping and to cope with the concentrated runoff in the table drain. Earthworks When constructing tracks disturb the soil and vegetation as little as possible, both on and adjacent to the track. Construct the track to follow the contour of the land as much as possible to reduce the amount of cut and fill. To minimise the area of disturbed soil exposed, batters to a height of 1.5 metres on Class A soil may be cut vertically. Vertical cut batters may suffer from initial slumping. but will generally stabilise with follow-up maintenance. Cut batters may require special stabilisation measures including laying back, revegetation and drainage. Fill batters should be no steeper than 2:1 (Hor:Vert) and flatter where possible to encourage natural revegetation and to effectively accept seed and fertiliser. Fills higher than 1.5 metres on Class B, C and D soils may require special Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) stabilisation works, such as drop down drains and hay mulching. Do not incorporate vegetation debris in fill batters as this results in poor compaction, with slumping occurring as the vegetation rots. 'Borrow' areas should not, for preference, be located near drainage lines or streams because of the danger of sediment polluting the stream. When necessary, the `borrow' areas should be limited in size, worked in such a way to reduce danger of sediment leaving the borrow pit and revegetated progressively as the pit is worked out. Wherever practicable, stockpile topsoil and litter (free of timber debris) in a recoverable position for respreading over disturbed areas. This material contains valuable seed and nutrients which will greatly assist revegetation. Timber destruction Limit clearing to 0.5 metre on either side of the track. Where extra clearing widths may be needed, such as to allow the sun in to keep the trail dry, clear by felling, rather than dozing, to limit the amount of soil disturbance. Where trees have to be destroyed or injured on Protected Land, an authority is required. Applications MUST be lodged prior to destruction or injury to allow assessment of the proposal. Authorities may be issued with appropriate conditions controlling the manner and extent of the operation. NOTE: The maintenance of tree cover on certain land is covered by the Soil Conservation Act Such land as been mapped throughout the State and is called 'Protected Land' and includes: any land within a notified catchment area which has a slope generally greater than 18 degrees any land in or within 20 metres of the bed or bank of any part of a prescribed river, stream, lake, lagoon or swamp any land which is environmentally sensitive or affected by or liable to soil erosion, siltation and land degradation Drainage line crossing Drainage lines should be crossed with fords, culverts or bridges. Do not use log dam crossings as they obstruct flood flows and can create turbulent flow and erosion. Fords are preferable to culverts or bridges as they cost less and often can be built with little disturbance to the stream and banks. Do not use fords where the stream has a deep cross-section requiring considerable excavation to provide approaches to the crossing. Culverts should never be used where debris blockages are likely. Place culverts as close as possible to the natural alignment of the drainage line to avoid diverting the flow into the stream banks or creating scour of the drainage line Final V1 21

227 Keep soil and vegetation disturbance to a minimum. You may need to seed or mulch disturbed areas to protect them from erosion. Do not dump timber, scrub, soil or debris in drainage lines, but stack them well above flood levels. Minor drainage lines may require a culvert, but shallow depressions and swampy areas may be stone paved or corduroyed with timber. Revegetation The amount of revegetation works required on disturbed areas will vary as follows: no revegetation required - forest litter and native flora will provide natural vegetation and stabilisation short-term revegetation - provided by annual grasses (wimmera ryegrass) or cereals eg. cereal rye or oats (autumn/winter) or millet (spring/ summer) and fertiliser long-term stability will be provided by forest litter and native flora long-term revegetation - using perennial grasses, with or without a cover crop such as oats, cereal rye (autumn/winter) or millet (spring/summer) and fertiliser use of sod or other vegetative material in specialised situations use of shrubs and trees with a high water requirement eg. Casuarina glauca in situations such as those requiring dewatering or those affected by unstable soils. Undertake revegetation immediately following the disturbance while the soil is still loose, irrespective of the growing seasons A maintenance dressing of fertiliser mid seed may be required. Maintenance It is essential that a sound cover of vegetation and or forest litter develops on the surface of the track, on batters and on the approaches to drainage line crossings. Frequent maintenance is essential. especially in the early years after constriction. to ensure effective erosion control and track stability. Inspect all tracks at least annually and following heavy traffic usage or exceptionally heavy rainfall, to determine maintenance requirements. Restrict destruction of vegetation to the removal of excess vegetation, preferably by slashing or spraying. Avoid unnecessary grading or blading to reduce soil disturbance. Encourage outfall drainage by removing any windrow along the outside edge of the track.. Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) The location, spacing and size of cross banks should always be studied when considering the maintenance program. A sound guide to bank spacing will be indicated by the distance water runs on a track before rilling commences. Cross bank outlets should permit the free flow of water. Examine the inlets and outlets of cross banks, drains and culverts at each maintenance inspection and repair if necessary. Leave material slumping from cut batters untouched if it does not unduly restrict the operating width of the track. If it is necessary to remove material, take care to avoid undercutting the toe of the batter. Do not remove any more timber and scrub than is necessary to maintain safety on the track.. Clear timber by felling, rather than bulldozing. Do not dump timber, scrub, soil or debris in drainage lines. These materials should always be stacked well above flood levels. Remove debris deposited near drainage line crossings during maintenance. The use of outfall drainage and cross banks largely eliminates the need for blading the surface of the track, this itself being a disturbance and cause of erosion. The stabilised road surface and protective vegetative cover on the bank outlets combine to reduce track erosion. Conclusion If you apply these guidelines of track design and maintenance, access should be available at all times. The use of crossfall drainage and trafficable cross banks offers a cheap and easy method of controlling runoff and erosion on low standard tracks. Their use will help ensure that tracks remain trafficable and that vehicles will not be hindered or halted by surface rilling and table drain gullying. Definitions Batter The face of an embankment or cutting, produced as a result of earthmoving operations involving cutting and filling. Batter Drop-Down A constructed and stabilised drain to carry runoff down the track batters, typically down the line of greatest slope. Cross Bank A mound of earth constructed across a track so that runoff is effectively diverted from it. Cross banks are designed to handle larger flows than cross drains. Cross Drains Drains of various forms that baulk the flow of water down a track and divert it across the track surface. The capacity of the drain is defined by its cross-section. Cross drains are designed to handle smaller flows than cross banks, but larger flows than can be controlled by crossfall drainage. Crossfall Drainage 1557 Final V1 22

228 Drainage which occurs when the surface of a track has sufficient cross slope to cause water to flow across and off the surface, rather than along it. Where the water flows into the hillside, it is termed INFALL. Where floe- is away from the hillside, it is termed OUTFALL. The cross slope required to achieve such drainage is 1:25. For safety reasons the maximum crossfall used should generally not exceed 1:10. Culvert A pipe or similar structure used to direct water under the track. Earth Windrow A ridge of soil which may build up along the edge of tracks during their construction and maintenance. This may prove useful in directing runoff to a stable outlet, in which case it is called a WINDROW DRAIN. However, in other circumstances it may prevent runoff leaving the track, causing erosion. Erosion classes in relation to soil types Class A Low soil erodibility. Brown and red soils derived from finer sediments and metasediments. Class B High soil erodibility. Red soils on fine granites, fine sandstones and basalt. Class C Very high soil credibility. Grey and yellow soils derived from granites. sediment and metasediment, especially coarse grained types. Class D Extreme soil erodibility. Unconsolidated sediment. As a general rule, tracks should not be built on Class D soils. Mitre Drain A drain to conduct runoff from the shoulders of a track to a disposal area away from the road alignment. Table Drain The side drain of a track running adjacent to and parallel with the shoulders and forming part of the track formation. Track A road of basic construction standards which closely follows the natural landform and is constructed with a minimum of culverts and earthworks. The surface is rarely gravelled and receives little maintenance. Construction standards provide for intermittent, but reliable, loaded four wheel drive travel in fair weather conditions and generally at low speeds. More extensive use, or use during wet conditions, may lead to rapid deterioration of the track. Crown copyright. Maitland, June 1994, SH/4. ISBN Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 23

229 Appendix B Standard Drawings from the Blue Book Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 24

230 1557 Final V1 25 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007)

231 1557 Final V1 26 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007)

232 1557 Final V1 27 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007)

233 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) EARTH BANK LOW FLOW 1557 Final V1 28

234 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) EARTH BANK HIGH FLOW 1557 Final V1 29

235 Appendix C ASS treatment procedure Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) ASS identified Disturbed ASS or PASS transported to treatment area If ASS or PASS is unable to be transported directly to the treatment area, spread lime over temporary storage area before placement. If the material is to stay for longer than 5 days, a proper impermeable and bunded pad must be constructed to store the ASS / PASS Soil to be dried then mixed with aglime (or alternative) in appropriate ratio Transport ASS / PASS to treatment area ASAP Monthly laboratory testing of treated soil using the Chromium Suite method Are acid and sulphur trial requirements met? Yes No Mix with more lime based on Chromium Suite results Monitor leachate from treated stockpile Are leachate trigger levels complied with? Yes No Treat leachate with hydrated lime as appropriate to increase ph to between 6.5 to 8.5 Place / reuse neutralised material in approved areas 1557 Final V1 30

236 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Appendix D Erosion and Sediment control procedure (ESCP) ONSITE MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY Appropriate Training Specific training will be provided to personnel responsible for implementation of temporary controls. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Foreman Environment Control Development Design, location and operation of erosion and sediment controls will be assessed prior to works being undertaken. The ESCP process adjacent (refer to the right) is to be referred to when developing, approving and implementing ESCP. Erosion and sediment controls are to be located, designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the Blue Book. The implementation of temporary erosion and sediment controls will be progressive and continual. Controls are to be designed to limit areas of disturbance, and prevent erosion where possible. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Soil Conservation Specialist Construction Manager Project Engineer Foreman Hold Point Environmental Control Implementation Erosion and Sedimentation controls to be implemented will be identified on the ESCPs. All erosion and sediment controls are to be installed in accordance with the relevant ESCP and signed off by the ECM/SEO, PE and/or Foreman. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Site Project Engineer Foreman Monitoring and Maintenance Inspections of erosion and sediment controls is to be undertaken. ESCPs to be reviewed and amended as required. Sediment bags / fences will be inspected for undercutting, sagging and overtopping, and repaired immediately. Weekly, and after rainfall events that cause runoff from the site, sediment and erosion controls will be inspected to ensure performance is as designed. Erosion and sediment controls to be regularly cleared of silt. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Project Engineer Foreman Reporting Any non-compliances will be raised by the SCEO to the ECM. The ECM will report items immediately to the Foreman for immediate rectification and report to external stakeholders where necessary. Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Site Environmental Officer Foreman 1557 Final V1 31

237 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Appendix E Dewatering and discharge management procedure ONSITE MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY Appropriate Training All personnel are to receive Environmental Inductions and ongoing training via Toolbox Talks. Foreman Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Installation of Construction Sediment Basins Refer to ESCP for particular area to obtain sediment basin location Refer to soil conservation specialist and / or Blue Book sediment basin structure sketches prior to constructing Foreman Project Engineers Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Measures to Reduce the Volume of Water in Excavations Divert all surface runoff around excavations using cut-off drains, temporary pipe drains, earth mounds, sand bags etc. Where possible, cover excavations when not in use. Foreman Project Engineers Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Treatment of Water in Sediment Basins / Excavations Treatment options: 1. Test and if required treat water within sediment basin / excavation Test for, ph, turbidity and visually inspect for oil & grease (refer right for water quality parameters). Treat as required (refer right for treatment guidance) until Project water quality parameters are met. 2. Removal by sucker truck Foreman Project Engineers Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Discharging of Water Hold Point PRIOR TO ANY DEWATERING AND/OR DISCHARGE CONTACT THE ENVIRONMENT AND COMMUNITY MANAGER WHO WILL SIGNOFF THE HOLDPOINT ONCE WATER IS CLEAN / SUITABLE FOR DISCHARGE. TESTING AND, WHERE NECESSARY, TREATMENT OF ANY DEWATERED CONSTRUCTION WATER MUST BE UNDERTAKEN PRIOR TO DISCHARGE. THIS MAY OCCUR WITHIN A SEDIMENT BASIN, AN EXCAVATION OR A SEALED CONTAINER(S). Records of discharge, including testing records, to be completed on the Water Release Approval Form for approval by the Environment & Community Manager. Once approved, water may be discharged off site. Appropriate scour protection of the off-site discharge location must be in place to ensure that erosion does not occur. The receiving water should also be checked to ensure that there is sufficient capacity available in the water way and localised flooding would not occur. Person Responsible for Action Foreman and Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer Person Responsible for Release Environment Manager 1557 Final V1 32

238 Appendix F Spoil Classification procedure Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Spoil Generated Classification of Spoil DECCW Waste Classification Guidelines (2009) Is spoil classified as VENM, Clean Fill Material or Topsoil Yes No Re-use spoil on site in appropriate locations Is the spoil Acid Sulfate Soil? Refer to Acid Sulfate Soils Chance Find Procedure Yes Refer to Treatment of Acid Sulfate Soils Procedure No If offsite disposal is required, ensure waste facility is appropriately licensed. Potentially contaminated material dispose of in accordance with DECCW Waste Classification Guideline 1557 Final V1 33

239 Appendix G ASS Chance Find Procedure Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Areas were not mapped as high probability for ASS Suspected ASS / PASS material encountered during excavation / construction activities Notify the Site Environmental Officer immediately Stop work immediately in the area of ASS / PASS discovery and recommence works in alternate area if possible. EO to conduct a field peroxide and ph test (refer right). Were the results positive, inconclusive or negative? Positive or inconclusive Negative Separate all actual or suspected ASS / PASS material from other spoil and place in bunded area Test the ASS / PASS using Chromium Suite for net acidity. Positive Negative Positive results obtained for acidity and sulphate Apply management measures from the Treatment of ASS Procedure to control ASS impacts Negative results obtained (ph >6 and no reaction to 30% peroxide) Proceed with works 1557 Final V1 34

240 Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) Appendix H Spill and Environmental Incident Management Procedure Action Responsibilities Comments 1 Stop Work! Person involved / finding incident If environmental incident creates an unsafe environment the Incident Response Plan is to be followed. If not safely containable, phone If required, identify materials and obtain appropriate PPE Person involved / finding incident Personal Protective Equipment can include gloves, tyvek suit, breathing apparatus, etc. 3 Person involved / If Safe - Control & Contain finding incident If leak from pipe, close valve. If leak from oil drum, roll drum so leak is uppermost, use spill response equipment etc. 4 Inform Supervisor Person involved / finding incident Stop pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 5 Supervisor notifies the Site Environment and compliance officer (SECO) and BoP Managers Site Superintendent The SECO determines how the incident is to be managed and cleaned up. SECO: Notifies the EPC Manager, Environmental Manager (EM) and OEH (If required) 6 SECO notifies the Alliance Project Manager and others as required SECO The E&CM classifies the incident in accordance with LCPL incident classifications. Based on classification further notifications may be required EM or OEH 7 Clean up or repair as required Site Superintendent Use appropriate adsorbent on spills and repair damaged environmental controls 8 Dispose of wastes as required Site Superintendent / SECO Consult with the SECO to arrange for off-site disposal in accordance with OEH/EPA requirements 9 Complete Environmental Incident Investigation and Report SECO Investigate incident, report on findings and review procedures as required Develop an environmental alert to capture lesson learnt and toolbox 1557 Final V1 35

241 Appendix I Contamination Management Procedure Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) ONSITE MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY POTENTIAL CONTAMINATION ENCOUNTERED OR OBSERVED All Personnel STOP WORK STOP WORK in immediate are and notify Site Environmental and Compliance Officer Foreman Site Environmental and Compliance Officer EPC Manager VISUAL ASSESSMENT Visual assessment of soil to be undertaken by Site Environmental Officer. Are there indications of contamination i.e. hydrocarbon staining, odour, discolouration, metals, concrete, asbestos? Site Environmental and Compliance Officer No NO FURTHER CONTAMINATION ACTION REQUIRED Yes SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS Sampling and analysis of soil to be undertaken. Is the soil contaminated? Site Environmental and Compliance Officer No Yes TEMPORARY STOCKPILE Soil to be temporarily stockpiled on-site in areas that will not cause impact to nearby waterways or other sensitive receivers, as advised by the Site Environmental Officer or Environment Manager. Foreman Site Environmental and Compliance Officer DISPOSAL Contaminated soil to be disposed of using licensed contractors and/or facilities, as advised by the Site Environmental Officer or Environment and Community Manager. Site Environmental and Compliance Officer Environment and Community Manager 1557 Final V1 36

242 Appendix J Indicative ERSED control plans Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 37

243 Appendix K Indicative ERSED control plans Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 38

244 Appendix L Indicative ERSED control plans Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 39

245 Appendix M Indicative ERSED control plans Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 40

246 Appendix N - Soil landscapes of the project Soil and Water Management Subplan (GR-PM-PLN-0007) 1557 Final V1 41

247 Annex I Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan

248 Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan GR-PM-PLN-0011 GULLEN RANGE WIND FARM MARCH 2012

249 ` Document Verification Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Approved by Base document preparation by nghenvironmental: Draft V Scott Hocking Erwin Budde Brooke Marshall Draft V Scott Hocking Erwin Budde Brooke Marshall Draft V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde Document finalisation: Final V Brooke Marshall Erwin Budde Erwin Budde 102/63-65 johnston st (po box 5464) wagga wagga nsw 2650 australia t f e ngh@nghenvironmental.com.au unit 9/65 tennant st (po box 1037) fyshwick act 2609 australia t f /21 mary st surry hills nsw 2010 australia t f /216 carp st (po box 470) bega nsw 2550 australia t f po box 8323 perth bc wa 6849 australia t f suite 6/234 naturaliste tce (po box 1037) dunsborough wa 6281 australia t f

250 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP INTRODUCTION LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THIS SUBPLAN ABORIGINAL HERITAGE SITES RESPONSIBILITIES SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS RELEVANT LEGISLATION ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS MANAGING CULTURAL HERITAGE FINDS LIKELY CULTURAL HERITAGE ITEMS ARTEFACT COLLECTION UNEXPECTED FINDS PROTOCOL REFERENCE LIST TABLES Table 3-1: Personnel with specific indigenous heritage responsibilities... 4 Table 5-1: Consultation requirements... 9 Table 6-1: Risk matrix Table 6-2: Risk assessment APPENDICES Appendix 1 - Aboriginal Land Council Map 1557 AHMP Final V1 i nghenvironmental

251 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 1 COMPLIANCE PLANS DOCUMENT MAP Documents Required Before Construction Documents Requirements Before Operation Other Documents Stage 1 Community Information FINANCIAL CLOSE Stage 2 Compliance Tracker CONSTRUCTION Stage 3 Website Community Enhancement CEP approval Stakeholder Complaints Procedure Compensatory Habitat Bird and Bat Powerful Owl TV & Radio SSMP Bushfire Risk Aviation Management Lease Arrangements for CEMP- TMP CEMP- SWMP CEMP- WMP CEMP- BSMP CEMP- BMP CEMP- NMPC CEMP- FFMP CEMP- CHMP Land Acquisition Progress Documents OEMP- RNP OEMP- NOS OEMP- NCP OEMP- LMP Safety Management System Shadow Flicker Master List of Detailed Design Commissioning Documents Turbine Supply Project Management Operation and Maintenance Project Schedule Final Layout (WTG) Layout Drawings Consistency Review Ongoing Document Non-ongoing Document Reference Document Construction Certificates OPERATION 1557 AHMP Final V1 1 nghenvironmental

252 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The Conditions of Consent outline the following environmental requirements, specific to Aboriginal heritage. Land and Environment Court Condition: 2.6 If during the course of construction the Proponent becomes aware of any previously unidentified Aboriginal object(s), all work likely to affect the object(s) must cease immediately and the DECC informed in accordance with the National Parks and Wildlife Act Works must not recommence until written authorisation from DECC is received by the Proponent. Statements of commitment, 27. The Pejar LALC propose to collect artefacts located within proposed impact areas as a form of mitigation prior to the commencement of construction. 28. An Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan would be prepared, pending Project Approval and prior to any impact, which outlines the strategy of artefact collection, s85a NPW Act (transfer of Aboriginal objects) procedures, and contingencies for unexpected finds such as skeletal remains. A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared for the Gullen Range Wind Farm Works. This Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan (AHMP) forms a subplan to the CEMP and encapsulates these conditions. Details of the project can be found in the CEMP. 2.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THIS SUBPLAN The overall aim of this AHMP is to manage identified Aboriginal heritage items and sites, and protect these identified items and sites during the construction of the Gullen Range Wind Farm project. Specific objectives are: Identification of the legislative requirements for the management of Indigenous Heritage aspects of the works. Identification of management issues, mitigation measures and monitoring requirements for the minimisation of impacts to Indigenous Heritage. Establishing Indigenous Heritage management control criteria based on statutory requirements and best practice construction methods. Identification of sensitive areas located in the vicinity of the works. To manage impacts if they occur through a systematic analysis of mitigation strategies AHMP Final V1 2

253 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan To minimise adverse impacts on heritage areas and items from excavation and general disturbance activities from the works. 2.3 ABORIGINAL HERITAGE SITES An archaeological assessment was undertaken by NSW Archaeology in 2007 as part of the Environmental Assessment (nghenvironmental, 2008) of the Gullen Range Wind Farm project, covering all areas that could be affected by the development. The field survey and assessment was undertaken in partnership with Pejar Local Aboriginal Land Council (PLALC) and Onerwal Local Aboriginal Land Council (Onerwal). Onerwal are the nearest adjacent LALC and were included in the original assessment, however the site sits wholly within the Pejar LALC area (refer to Appendix 1 Aboriginal Land Council Map). Based on a consideration of the environmental context, the Kialla, Bannister, Pomeroy and Gurrundah precinct survey areas are predicted to contain stone artefacts in low or very low densities only. The artefacts found at each precinct during field surveys were: Kialla: 10 stone artefacts across six different artefact locales Bannister: 34 stone artefacts across ten different artefact locales Pomeroy: 118 stone artefacts across twenty-seven different artifact locales Gurrundah: 33 stone artefacts across five different artefact locales The low number of artefacts recorded during the survey is assessed to be a reasonably true and reliable reflection of the artefactual nature of the project envelope. The predicted model of Aboriginal occupation indicates that these areas would have been used for low levels of occupation that probably included intermittent hunting and gathering activities conducted away from base camp locations, movement through country and so on. These results indicate that the Gullen Range Wind Farm project sites are of low Indigenous archaeological potential and sensitivity AHMP Final V1 3

254 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to Aboriginal heritage management are detailed in Table 3-1Error! Reference source not found.. Table 3-1: Personnel with specific indigenous heritage responsibilities Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority GRWF management team GRWF Senior management and strategic control Responsible for providing the required resources to complete the required tasks and to facilitate company corporate support. Delegates to GRWF Project Manager Owners Representative Authority to limit and stop works Ben Bateman GRWF PTY LTD Project Manger Owner s Representative Determining sequence and interaction of processes Ensure communications and reporting framework in place Ensure the goals of the CEMP (and subplans) are achieved All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Authority to update CEMP and implement upon ER endorsement and DoP/Agency Approval Report incidents to ER and to agencies Stop Work orders Ensure mitigation plans are appropriate and resourced Review CEMP Tom Frood Goldwind Australia EPC Manager Report incidents to ER and OR. To ensure timely delivery of corrective actions Ensure CEMP is communicated and implemented Responsible for Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF PM OR Delegates to 1557 AHMP Final V1 4

255 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority compliance with all applicable environmental legislation and contract obligations. discipline managers Stop Work orders Erwin Budde nghenvironmental Environmental Representative be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; consider and advise the Proponent on its compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental performance and impacts of the project; ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and be given the authority Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken AHMP Final V1 5

256 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. TBC BoP Contractor TBC Site Construction and Environmental compliance officer (SCECO) Responsible for the implementation and maintenance of CEMP To report incidents to ER and EPC Manager Implementation of stop work orders Reports to EPC manager To implement corrective actions Monitor corrective actions Comply with regulations within CEMP Ensure training is delivered and appropriate Site Construction and Environmental Officers (SCEOs) are responsible for the day-to-day management of all onsite environmental aspects including field testing, site inspections and any monitoring requirements within their designated area(s). SCEOs play a key role as part of the construction 1557 AHMP Final V1 6

257 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority team, and play a practical role in maintaining on-site environmental controls (e.g. erosion and sedimentation controls, incident response) and environmental data collection (e.g. waste tracking, auditing). Heritage Consultant TBC Onsite heritage officer Ensure goals of CEMP are achieved Consultation as to the nature and impact of works around known and found artefacts Advice to stop works Reports to Site Environment and Compliance Officer Provide legislative advice Ensure management measures are applicable and meet the legislative requirements. Site personnel TBC Onsite construction staff Ensure goals of CEMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) Receive training 1557 AHMP Final V1 7

258 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 4 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. Any alternative CEMP documents must contain the Unexpected Finds Protocol verbatim as detailed in Section 8.3 of this subplan. CEMP and EWMS documentation is to be supplied to the Goldwind Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. Goldwind will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Formal advice in this respect will be provided to the subcontractor before works can commence AHMP Final V1 8

259 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 5 CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS Consultation requirements span the assessment, pre-construction and construction stages, as summarised in the table below. Table 5-1: Consultation requirements Stage of project Assessment (preapproval) Consultation requirements The field survey and assessment was undertaken in partnership with Pejar Local Aboriginal Land Council (PLALC) and Onerwal Local Aboriginal Land Council (Onerwal), commencing in August Assessment conducted in accordance with the consultation process outlined the Interim Guidelines for Aboriginal Community Consultation - Requirements for Applicants (NSW DEC 2004). Assessment conducted in accordance with the Draft Guidelines for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Impact Assessment and Community Consultation (NSW DEC July 2005). Pre-construction: Prior to earth works Prior to construction, the Pejar Local Aboriginal Lands Council (LALC) will have the opportunity to collect artefacts located within the GRWF impact areas. Onerwal LALC will also be contacted to inform them of this process. Refer to Artefact collection protocol, Section 8.2 of this document. Construction: During earth works In the event that unexpected finds are discovered, or when accidental damage has occurred, or has potentially occurred to a previously unknown Aboriginal cultural heritage site, the Unexpected finds protocol would be implemented. Refer to Section 8.3 of this document AHMP Final V1 9

260 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 6 RELEVANT LEGISLATION The following legislation pertains to indigenous and historical archaeological interests and is the basis for this plan and the source of information relevant to the management of impacts. National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 Heritage Act 1977 Aboriginal Land Rights Act 1983 Native title legislation Other Acts Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 Consultation guidelines: Draft Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation requirements for proponents AHMP Final V1 10

261 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 7 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES AND IMPACTS Environmental aspects are actions that may result in environmental impacts. Table 7-2 rates aspects of the works which could have a Aboriginal Heritage impact according to three attributes: likelihood (L), low to high, represents an unlikely to likely occurrence; consequence (C), low to high, represents an insignificant to significant consequence; and risk (R) if mitigation is not implemented. Table 7-1: Risk matrix Consequence High Moderate Low High High High Moderate Likelihood Moderate High Moderate Moderate Low Moderate Moderate Low Table 7-2: Risk assessment Activity Potential impact L C R Surveys Damage to or impact on Aboriginal values Low Low Low Site preparation Damage to or impact on Aboriginal values Moderate Low Moderate Vegetation Clearing Damage to Aboriginal heritage sites Low Medium Low Earthworks: Trenching, backfilling, compacting, stabilisation of disturbed areas Damage to Aboriginal heritage sites Moderate Medium Moderate Stockpiling Damage to Aboriginal and European heritage sites Low Low Low 1557 AHMP Final V1 11

262 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 8 MANAGING CULTURAL HERITAGE FINDS 8.1 LIKELY CULTURAL HERITAGE ITEMS Based upon the Aboriginal Heritage field surveys in 2007, the most likely Aboriginal cultural heritage items present at the site include: Stone flakes Tools To the casual eye, these are particularly difficult to identify (see Appendix A) and it is unlikely that during construction artefacts would be discovered by persons not familiar with the identification of Aboriginal cultural heritage. 8.2 ARTEFACT COLLECTION Prior to construction, the Pejar Local Aboriginal Lands Council (LALC) will have the opportunity to collect artefacts located within the GRWF impact areas. Onerwal LALC will also be contacted as the nearest adjacent LALC. The following procedure will be undertaken prior to construction. 1. Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd (GRWF) will contact the Pejar and Onerwal LALC to determine if they want to conduct a surface salvage of Aboriginal heritage items on site. 2. If yes, GRWF will make the site available for a period of time which is adequate to cover the whole site prior to construction and allow a salvage to occur. 3. If necessary, GRWF would consult with Pejar and Onerwal LALC on suitable long-term storage and management strategies for artefact collection. 4. GRWF may engage the services of a suitably qualified archaeological organisation to facilitate this. GRWF understands the requirement for Pejar and Onerwal LALCs to undertake salvation works is voluntary and not required under any Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH) permits or approvals. 8.3 UNEXPECTED FINDS PROTOCOL The following procedure is recommended for when unexpected finds are discovered, or when accidental damage has occurred, or has potentially occurred, to a newly identified unknown Aboriginal cultural heritage site. 1. Stop Works Immediately 2. Notify the Supervisor. Supervisor to immediately Notify the Site Environmental and Compliance Representative and EPC manager 3. Site Environment and Compliance Representative to investigate and take photos/notes of the find/incident. The area should be protected from access (eg erect flagging tape, fencing, 1557 AHMP Final V1 12

263 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan bunding, signs). Anyone working in the area should be made aware of the temporary exclusion zone. 4. Site Environment and Compliance Representative to contact the Project Archaeologist by phone, and coordinate for photos taken by the Owner s Site Representative to be forwarded for preliminary advice. 5. Project Archaeologist to advise in writing whether the find could be of Aboriginal cultural significance or if actual damage has been done to a known site. If No, then works may recommence. Photos and notes to be placed on file. No incident report is required. Client is to be advised of the incident. 6. If Yes, the area will become a No-Go-Zone until it has been confirmed that works can recommence, in writing, by the Project Archaeologist. 7. Project Archaeologist to undertake a site investigation. 8. If the find is of Aboriginal heritage significance, the Project Archaeologist is to prepare a preliminary report on the find and submit this to the Project Manager. 9. Project Manager will contact DECCW, DoPI and other relevant stakeholders (refer to contacts list in Table 7.1 and the CIP). 10. Project Manager (with advice from the Project Archaeologist), contacts the Aboriginal stakeholders 11. Project Archaeologist to obtain any necessary permits for investigations, salvage or consent to destroy. 12. Full investigation to be completed and a report prepared by the Project Archaeologist. 13. Works may not recommence in the No-Go-Zone until DECCW and the Project Archaeologist provide the Project Manager written approval for works to recommence. 14. Project Manager to prepare an Incident Report. Table 7.1 Stakeholder contacts Stakeholder group Name Contact details Pejar Local Aboriginal Land Council Tel: onerwal1@bigpond.com.au 80 Combermere Street, Goulburn, NSW 2580 Onerwal Local Aboriginal Land Council NSW Police Marcus Showell Upper Lachlan Shire Council and John Bell Tina Dodson Phil Newham Crookwell Office 44 Spring Street CROOKWELL NSW 2583 Upper Lachlan Shire Mayor Clr John Shaw PO Bov 42 GUNNING NSW 2581 Tel: onerwal1@bigpond.com.au 95 Meehan Street YASS 2582 PO Box 644 YASS NSW AHMP Final V1 13

264 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan Stakeholder group Name Contact details Goulburn- Mulwaree Shire Council Chris Berry 85 Deccan Street Goulburn NSW 2580 (02) Goulburn- Mulwaree Shire Mayor Clr Geoff Kettle Locked Bag 22, GOULBURN NSW 2580 NSW Archaeology Julie Dibden LPMA John Daunt Lachlan Catchment Management Authority NSW Dept Planning & Infrastructure Crookwell & District Historical Society Melanie Cooper James Archdale Bridge St SYDNEY NSW PO Box 161, Crookwell NSW AHMP Final V1 14

265 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan 9 REFERENCE LIST New South Wales Archaeology 2005, Epuron Proposed Wind Farm: Gullen, via Goulburn Aboriginal Archaeological Assessment, December Report to nghenvironmental nghenvironmental Environmental Assessment. Proposed development of the Gullen Range Wind Farm AHMP Final V1 15

266 Gullen Range Wind Farm Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan Appendix A EXAMPLES OF ARTEFACTS Pebble Artefact found in Gurrundah site (Source: NSW Archaeology, 2005) Stone Tool (Source: AHMP Final V1 A-1

267 Annex J Bushfire Risk Management Plan

268 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm Bush Fire Risk Management Plan Prepared by: Goldwind Australia Pty. Ltd. Suite 2, Level Elizabeth Street, Sydney NSW 2000 GR-PM-PLN /1/2016 V6.0 UNCONTROLLED WHEN PRINTED. Effective Date: 5/01/16 Page 1 of 29

269 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Revision Details Document Release This document will comply with GWA Document Management Procedure and will therefore be assigned with a registered document number. Issued copies of this document shall be labelled with a registered document number and identified as version 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 etc. indicating a published controlled document. Where the first issue will start at version 1.0 Draft versions are indicated as 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and so on. All controlled published documents are stored in the Static Reference Document Register, located on the GWA SharePoint home page. All copies of this document shall be distributed to persons listed within the Distribution list. Upon receipt of a new revision, the relevant copy holder shall discard the superseded copy and adopt the new version. Issue Date Version Details Approved By V1-V5 Issued under NGH template 5/1/2016 V6 Updated for operations Rob Brady Distribution This document has been issued as a controlled document to the holders as shown in the Table below: Details of Controlled Copy Holders Issue Date Version Copy Holder Name Title & Company Name V6 Julian King GWA Site Supervisor V6 Brian Frost Bannister RFS V6 Ian Kennerley, Crookwell RFS Any other copies issued in part or in total are deemed not to be controlled copies and will not be updated nor may they be a true reflection of the controlled document. This document and any files issued with it are confidential and are the property of Goldwind Australia Pty. Ltd. and are intended solely for the use of the individuals to who appear in the distribution list. COPYRIGHT : The concepts and information contained in this document are the property of Goldwind Australia Pty Ltd. Use or copying of this document, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Goldwind Australia Pty Ltd, constitutes an infringement of copyright. 2

270 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS Terms and definitions: Introduction to this document Background and Setting Scope 2.1 Purpose Aims and Objectives Details of the Project Background Location Site Bushfire Characteristics Project Activities Detailed Activity Descriptions Consultation Undertaken to Date... Error! Bookmark not defined. 3.7 Ongoing Consultation During Operation Fire Drills and Fire Prevention Inspections Responsibilities Bush Fire Hazard Assessment Risk Assessment Bushfire Mitigation Strategies Asset Protection Zones General Mitigation Measures Specific Activities Emergency Preparedness and Response Response to Bush or Grass fire on Site Spill response procedure Agency Notification Requirements Emergency Contact Details Auditing and Review

271 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Terms and definitions: Term ERP GWA GWI JSEA MSDS MP SCADA SRD SWMS WHS EWMS WHSMP WTG Definition Emergency Response Plan Goldwind Australia Pty. Ltd. Goldwind International Job Safety and Environmental Analysis Material Safety Data Sheet Management Plan Supervisory, Control and Data Acquisition Static Reference Document Register Location for GWA controlled documents Safe Work Method Statement Work, Health and Safety Environmental Work Method Statement Work Health and Safety Management Plan Wind Turbine Generator 4

272 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 1 Introduction to this document 1.1 Background and Setting This Bushfire Risk Management Plan has been prepared by GWA for Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd to comply with Consent Condition 2.45 for the Gullen Range Wind Farm that was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August This condition requires the Proponent to prepare, in consultation with the local RFS, a Bushfire Risk Management Plan based on the guidelines Planning for Bushfire Protection (RFS, 2001 or its latest edition). The Plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: a) details of the bushfire hazards and risks associated with the project; b) mitigation measures including contingency plans; c) procedures and programs for liaison and regular drills with the local RFS; and d) procedures for regular fire prevention inspections by the local RFS and implementation of any recommendations. In addition, this plan also incorporates the requirements of Condition of Consent 2.43 and 2.44 which are as follows: L&ECO 2.43 Throughout the life of the project, the Proponent shall regularly consult with the local RFS to ensure its familiarity with the project, including the construction timetable and the final location of all infrastructure on the site. The Proponent shall comply with any reasonable request of the local RFS to reduce the risk of bushfire and to enable fast access in emergencies L&ECO 2.44 The Proponent shall: a) ensure there is appropriate fire-fighting equipment held on site to respond to any fires that may occur at the site during construction and operation of the project; and b) assist the RFS and emergency services as much as possible if there is a fire on-site during the project. All relevant Statements of Commitment (refer Appendix A) are also incorporated into this Bushfire Risk Management Plan. 5

273 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 2 Scope This plan covers all land associated with the Gullen Range Wind Farm and is currently relevant only to the Operation phase of the project. This draft will be forwarded to the local NSW RFS for comment, specific to the management of construction impacts and risks. This plan is intended to be an adaptive management document Purpose This plan identifies those activities associated with the operation phase of the Gullen Range Wind Farm that could be a potential bushfire threat; and establishes strategies to manage these risks. The plan also includes a risk assessment approach/methodology that Operation personnel can use to assess the level of risk of a particular activity and the effectiveness of their treatment options. 2.2 Aims and Objectives All development on Bush Fire Prone Land must satisfy the aim and objectives of Planning for Bushfire Protection (PBP, page 1). The aim of PBP is to use the NSW development assessment system to provide for the protection of human life (including firefighters) and to minimise impacts on property from the threat of bush fire, while having due regard to development potential, on-site amenity and protection of the environment More specifically, the objectives are to: (i) (ii) afford occupants of any building adequate protection from exposure to a bush fire; provide for a defendable space to be located around buildings; (iii) provide appropriate separation between a hazard and buildings which, in combination with other measures, prevent direct flame contact and material ignition; (iv) ensure that safe operational access and egress for emergency service personnel and residents is available; (v) provide for ongoing management and maintenance of bush fire protection measures, including fuel loads in the asset protection zone (APZ); and (vi) ensure that utility services are adequate to meet the needs of firefighters (and others assisting in bush fire fighting). These aims and objectives are mostly applicable to residential development, which is the focus of the PBP guidelines. With these in mind, however, the following objectives for bushfire management and mitigation during the operation phase of the Gullen Range Wind Farm are relevant: To ensure all operation personnel are adequately protected from exposure to a bushfire. To maintain asset protection zones around buildings on site (control room, substation,, amenities buildings, etc) for all permanent structures, after completion of construction. To undertake all construction activities in a manner that minimises any potential for material ignition. To ensure safe site access and egress for all staff and emergency personnel if required. To ensure appropriate fire fighting equipment is held on site and all staff are aware of the workplace health and safety protocols in the event of a fire. To locate and map any supplies of water present on site that could assist to meet the needs of fire fighters (and others assisting in bush fire fighting and to ensure the location of these water sources is known. To regularly consult with the local NSW RFS on appropriate bush fire management strategies. 6

274 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 3 Details of the Project 3.1 Background The Gullen Range Windfarm project involves the operation of up 73 wind turbines at Gullen Range in the Southern Tablelands region of NSW. An Environmental Assessment (EA) to assess the potential environmental impacts of the wind farm was undertaken by nghenvironmental in In accordance with the NSW Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act) and State Environmental Planning Policy (Major Projects) 2005, the proposal was considered to be a major project and was assessed under Part 3A of the EP&A Act. The Gullen Range Wind Farm was approved by the NSW Land and Environment Court on the 4 th of August 2010 following assessment under Part 3A of the NSW Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd (GRWF) is the proponent for the construction and operation of the wind farm. 3.2 Location The Gullen Range Wind Farm is to be located along a north-south running ridge system of the Great Dividing Range between Gunning, Crookwell and Goulburn in NSW s southern tablelands. The wind farm will occur across four different precincts. All four precincts where infrastructure would be installed, Kialla, Bannister, Pomeroy and Gurrundah, are located on private property within and adjacent to agricultural areas used for sheep and cattle grazing. As well, residential dwellings and two commercial operations (chicken farms) are located nearby. In general, the precincts can be characterised as grassland ridges and flats with woodland patches on slopes and in gullies. The nearest township is that of Grabben Gullen, with larger towns including Crookwell, Gunning, Breadalbane and Goulburn in the region. 7

275 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Figure.-1: Site location (hatched in blue) 8

276 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 3.3 Site Bushfire Characteristics The wind farm is located predominantly in cleared exotic pasture however, scattered trees, woodland fragments as well as more extensive woodland areas are located within close proximity of the proposed infrastructure. Factors mitigating fire risks at the site include the sparse and fragmented nature of woodland and forest remnants at Kialla and Bannister, the distance proposed between infrastructure at Pomeroy and Gurrundah and their more extensive woodland areas as well as the low density of human settlement and assets in the area. Additionally, there is the local presence of the Rural Fire Service and the continued grazing regimes at all sites act to reduce fuels. The bushfire danger period for the Upper Lachlan Shire Local Government Area is generally between 1st October and 30th April, but can vary subject to local conditions. Summer conditions in the Goulburn district can be dry and hot with high wind speeds, producing local grass fire hazards. Potential ignition sources include farm machinery, hay storage, vehicles stopping in long grass on road verges, cigarette butts thrown from car windows and lightening strikes. The elevated position of the sites may increase the frequency of lightning strike. The steep topography and absence of built areas or natural fire breaks such as large water bodies may assist the rate of spread of wildfires. 3.4 Project Activities Specific activity dependencies and timing are illustrated in Table-1. Table 1 Construction activities, with those with a potential to start fires detailed Activity Start date Operation January 2015 Routine maintenance works involving hot works, earthworks etc Electrical faults Vandalism 3.5 Detailed Activity Descriptions Comments relevant to environmental management are provided on activities below. Design activities are not included. Turbines and electrical equipment routine service Torque checks and bolts tightening, Visual inspections for wear and tear, leaks or faults Change oil filters Top up coolants Top up auto lubricants Manually lubricate non automated parts check lift operation and mechanisms check hydraulic system operation and mechanism cleaning Infrastructure and Facilities Check roads and drains, reform roads and reinstate drains if needed Check fences, gates and security, repair if required General maintenance on buildings Non Routine Maintenance and retrofit works This section could have a wide range of activities including Excavations and repairs to cables 9

277 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Repairs to handrails and steps, could include hot works Repair to blade composite material Repair or replacement of internal components ( electrical, hydraulic or mechanical) Repair or replacement of major components could involve crane. subcontractor management Subcontractors are required to adapt the CEMP specific to their detailed activities. They are required to prepare activity related Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). They may elect to prepare their own CEMP framework document but if so it must comply with the requirements stipulated in this CEMP and subplans. CEMP and EWMS documentation is to be supplied to the Goldwind Project Manager prior to works being undertaken. Goldwind will be responsible for verifying whether the subcontractor documents: 1. Are consistent with the CEMP framework and subplans 2. Adequately address the environmental risks of the activity Full details of subcontractor management are contained in the CEMP. 10

278 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 3.6 Consultation with the rfs Consultation requirements span the assessment, pre-construction, construction and operational stages, as summarised in the table below. The consultation requirements with the RFS have been discussed and agreed upon with Ian Kennerley, Crookwell RFS October 2011 and March Table.-2: Consultation requirements undertaken to Date Stage of project Assessment (preapproval) Preconstruction: Prior to earth works Consultation requirements 15th August, RFS attended Planning Focus Meeting, provided with an overview of the four precincts and the assessment process. October 2011 and March RFS provided comment on the draft Bushfire Risk Management Plan. Table 5-2 details the NSW RFS Fire Control Centre within the vicinity of the development. Rural Fire Service trucks are located at Crookwell (1), Gurrundah (1), Grabben Gullen (2), Bannister (1), Cottawalla (2) and Bialla (1) Table -3 Local NSW RFS fire control centre Fire Control Centre Address Phone Number Crookwell Rural Fire Service Lot 1, Macintosh Rd Crookwell NSW Ongoing Consultation During Operation During the operation phase of the Gullen Range Wind Farm, regular consultation with the local NSW RFS would be undertaken annually each spring to ensure appropriate bushfire management and mitigation strategies are in place and to ensure familiarity with the project in the case of a bushfire occurring on site. The primary contact person for liaison would be the New Gullen Range Wind Farm Asset Manager. The project team will also consult with landowners each spring on bush fire fuel on the land. The following consultation program would be implemented. Table -4: Ongoing Consultation with RFS Stage of project During Operation Consultation requirements Responsibility Regular drills with RFS (2-yearly) Site Supervisor Consultation with landowners on bush fire fuel load Site Supervisor Fire prevention inspections by RFS (annually) Site Supervisor 3.8 Fire Drills and Fire Prevention Inspections The local RFS would be invited on an as-needs basis to assist in the running of fire drills during operation.the GRWF Asset Manager is responsible for arranging fire drills at least every two (2) years. Fire drills would be undertaken to measure: 11

279 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 1. Site preparedness for fire emergencies including but not limited to the availability and location of suitable fire fighting agents, access and egress and fire warden training. 2. The site emergency evacuation procedures, including staff awareness of emergency protocols. 3. Consultation and communication protocols with emergency services. 12

280 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 4 Responsibilities Project responsibilities are outlined in Section 4 of the CEMP. Responsibilities specific to Bushfire Risk Management are detailed below. Table -5 Personnel with specific environmental responsibilities GRWF management team Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority GRWF Senior management and strategic control Responsible for providing the required resources to complete the required tasks and to facilitate company corporate support. Delegates to GRWF Asset Manager Authority to limit and stop works Derek Powell GRWF PTY LTD Asset Manager Determining sequence and interaction of processes Ensure communications and reporting framework in place Ensure the goals of the BRMP are achieved Report incidents to ER and to agencies Ensure mitigation plans are appropriate and resourced Manage the operational RFS liaison Julian King Goldwind Australia Site Supervisor Report incidents to ER and Asset Manager. To ensure timely delivery of corrective actions Ensure BRMP is communicated and implemented Responsible for compliance with all applicable environmental legislation and contract obligations. All aspects of the environmental performance of the project. Stop Work orders Authority to require environmental actions be undertaken. Reports to the GRWF Asset Manager Delegates to discipline managers Stop Work orders Daniel Saunders SMEC Environmental Representative be the principal point of advice in relation to the environmental performance of the project; oversee the implementation of all environmental management plans and monitoring programs required under the planning approval, and advise the Proponent upon the achievement of these plans/programs; consider and advise the Proponent on its Authority to require environmental actions to be undertaken. 13

281 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Name Organisation Role Responsibility Authority compliance obligations against all matters specified in the conditions of the planning approval and the Statement of Commitments and all other licences and approvals related to the environmental performance and impacts of the project; ensure that environmental auditing is undertaken in accordance with all relevant project Environmental Management Systems; and be given the authority and independence to require reasonable steps be taken to avoid or minimise unintended or adverse environmental impacts, and failing the effectiveness of such steps, to direct that relevant actions be ceased immediately should an adverse impact on the environment be likely to occur. Site personnel Goldwind Australia Onsite operation staff Ensure goals of BRMP are implemented upon instruction Identify and proactively report incidents Receive training Suggest Stop Work orders (stop work permitted if action deemed unsafe) 14

282 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 5 Bush Fire Hazard Assessment This assessment: Identifies those activities that would be undertaken on site during the Operation phase of the Gullen Range Wind Farm, that may present a bushfire risk; and Provides strategies for managing this risk. The assessment details protocols and strategies for coping with fires if they originate on site or in the event of an external wildfire threatening the wind farm or nearby properties. Activities that would take place during operation of the Gullen Range Wind Farm and are potential bushfire hazards are summarised as follows: Hot work (welding, use of blow torch, angle-grinding etc.) Use of explosive power tools Use of vehicles (and other equipment with internal combustion engines) Use of flammable substances (refuelling, transformer oil etc) Smoking (No burning of vegetative slash would be undertaken). Potential threats arising from these activities include: Ignition of fire through the generation of sparks, use of naked flame etc Damage to Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd infrastructure through fire (smoke, radiant heat, flame contact, ember attack and ash) Damage to nearby properties or other assets in the event a fire could not be controlled Injury/fatality to personnel on site, emergency services personnel or the public. 5.1 Risk Assessment A Risk Assessment was conducted for the main activities involved in the construction and operation of the wind farm, to ascertain those activities with a moderate/high risk of causing bush fires (Appendix B). The main risks are summarised below. Activity and Impact Operation Risk Ranking Hot works associated with activities such as fencing, use of generators etc Use of vehicles Use of flammable substances Worker behaviour (eg smoking) Routine maintenance works involving hot works, earthworks etc Electrical faults Vandalism High Medium Medium Medium High Medium Medium 15

283 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 16

284 6 Bushfire Mitigation Strategies Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 6.1 Asset Protection Zones In accordance with the Planning for Bushfire Protection (RFS 2006), the infrastructure to be installed during construction and operation fall into Building Code of Australia (BCA) Building Classes 5 to 8 and 10. The BCA does not provide for any bush fire specific performance requirements. As such, asset protection zones are not formally required to be defined for planning purposes. 6.2 General Mitigation Measures - General strategies to be implemented during construction to mitigate the risk of bushfire are as follows Mitigation Measure Responsibility Timing/Comment The RFS has been provided with a contact point Site Supervisor Completed for the project, during construction and operation. Highlighting to all staff and contractors through Site Supervisor Induction an induction process to raise awareness of the potential hazards and to ensure controls are understood. Designation of an onsite safety representative responsible for ensuring implementation of safeguards. This representative would also regularly consult with the local RFS to ensure familiarity with the project and assist the RFS and emergency services as much as possible if there is a fire on-site during operation of the project. Site Supervisor Upon site establishment Basic training of all staff in the use of fire fighting equipment. Appropriate fire-fighting equipment would be held on site to respond to any fires that may occur at the site during operation of the project. This equipment will include fire extinguishers, retained on site as a precautionary basis, particularly during hot work operations. Equipment list would be detailed in contractors SWMS Conduct emergency preparation/response drills as detailed in Section 9. Preparation and compliance with job-specific Work Method Statements. All access and egress tracks on the site would be maintained and kept free of parked vehicles to enable rapid response for firefighting crews and to avoid entrapment of staff in the case of bush fire emergencies. Temporary blockages may be required during turbine maintenance. In such cases, alternative access arrangements would be identified and all staff working on site would be notified via the toolbox talk procedures. Permission has been sought, and obtained, from local property owners, to use dams on site as water sources in the event of fire. Goldwind Project Service Manager Site Supervisor Fire extinguisher Training Upon site establishment Prior to the commencement of new activities Site Supervisor At least 2- monthly Site Supervisor Prior to the commencement of each activity Site Supervisor As required Asset Manager Pre-construction 17

285 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Mitigation Measure Responsibility Timing/Comment The use of a Hot Works Permit system to Site Supervisor As required ensure a number of pre-requisites are satisfied prior to works commencing (refer to Safety Management Plan).a water cart would be present during all hot works. Where possible restrict the performance of Hot Site Supervisor As required Works to specific areas (such as the Construction Compound temporary workshop areas). Adequate site communications to ensure a fire event is communicated quickly. Measures would include: Site Supervisor As required Use of mobile phones Use of two-way radios on channel 33 Fire Danger Warning signs located at the entrance to site compounds. 6.3 Specific Activities Table 8-1 identifies the specific management strategies for the activities that would take place on site. Implementation of these safeguards would be the responsibility of Gullen Range Wind Farm Pty Ltd and all contractors that are engaged on site. The carrying out of hot work procedures is the primary activity that may increase the risk of fire on site throughout the operation period. This involves activities such as welding, thermal or oxygen cutting, heating, grinding and the use of explosive power tools. Undertaking any activities that generate sparks or flames require the issue of a hot works permit and must be carried out in accordance with the controls attached to this permit. The permit would be issued by authorised personnel only, generally being the on Site Supervisor or delegate. Specific details relating to the issue of a Hot Work Permit is outlined in the Safety Management System. Table -6 Specific management strategies for activities to be undertaken at the site Risk Hot work (welding, use of oxy-acetylene cutting torches, angle-grinding, use of explosive power tools etc.) Vehicle use (and other equipment Safeguard Notification at compound at sign on. Basic training through staff and contractor induction processes to raise awareness of risk and ensure controls are understood. Only qualified personnel to use welding equipment. All hot works require a hot works permit. To ensure any risk of fire or explosion resulting from the hot works is eliminated, an area within a radius of two metres (standard exclusion zone) around the point where the hot works are being undertaken, including space above and below that area, would be clear of flammable debris including vegetation. 1000l water cart. Confine vehicle access to designated tracks only. If it is necessary to detour 18

286 Risk with internal combustion engines) Smoking Use of flammable materials Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Safeguard from tracks, avoid driving vehicles through long grass, particularly on total fire ban days. Maintaining vehicles and equipment in good working condition. Refuelling on site would occur for large plant and equipment. Refuelling would be of diesel only and would occur only on hardstand areas. Spill kits would be carried in every vehicle. If larger spills of oil or other hydrocarbons occur (greater than 20 litres), liaison with the RFS and/or NSW fire brigade would occur. Training in spill kit use would occur during the induction. All vehicles would carry a fire extinguisher. Provide for designated smoking zones at site O&M Facilities only. Ensure appropriate storage and handling of materials. Blasting Presence of firefighting equipment such as knapsack spray filled with water and wet hessian bags on site throughout blasting operations. 19

287 7 Emergency Preparedness and Response Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 7.1 Response to Bush or Grass fire on Site In the event that the site is subject to a bush or grass fire refer to the windfarm Emergency Response Plan. (GR- PLN-0035) for details of actions, roles and responsibilities and management. 20

288 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Spill response procedure Identify Identify spilt material. Refer to Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) requirements. Control Control the source. Stop the leak, close the valve, turn off the machine. Contain Contain spilt material to a small area. Use earth mounds, sandbags, spill kit socks/pillows or absorbent materials (eg sand, sawdust, kitty litter ). Block stormwater drains, drainage channels, deploy floating booms/pads. Cover powders with plastic sheet or tarp if windy. Contact Site Supervisor Project Manager Environmental Representative (for major incidents) Clean up Use clean-up procedure nominated in MSDS. Shovel up or excavate contaminated soil. Sweep shovel or vacuum up granular absorbent material or spilt, powdered material. Mop up liquid spills with absorbent pads or pillows. Store and dispose of material. Communic ate Complete an Incident Report Contact the relevant authorities which could be: the Environment Protection Authority (EPA) the Ministry of Health via the local Public Health Unit WorkCover the local Council Fire and Rescue NSW

289 7.1.2 Agency Notification Requirements Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan Call 000 if the incident presents an immediate threat to human health or property. Fire and Rescue NSW, the NSW Police and the NSW Ambulance Service are the first responders, as they are responsible for controlling and containing incidents. If the incident does not require an initial combat agency, or once the 000 call has been made, notify the relevant authorities in the following order: the Environment Protection Authority (EPA) the Ministry of Health via the local Public Health Unit see the WorkCover Authority - phone the local Council Fire and Rescue NSW Emergency Contact Details Name Organisation Role Phone Mobile Tom Frood Goldwind Australia Asset Manager Daniel Saunders SMEC Environmental Representative (02) Julian King Site Supervisor Site Supervisor Emergency Services Emergency Services Ambulance Police Fire Brigade State Emergency Services Upper Lachlan Shire Council NSW Works Cover (02) NSW EPA

290 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 23

291 Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan 8 Auditing and Review This plan will be audited during the operation phase of the project as detailed below. The auditor will be selected based on appropriate experience in: 1. Identifying fire risks and hazards on construction projects 2. Experience in undertaking audits of fire management plans and systems Stage Audit Purpose Responsible Person Operation Implementation of construction-phase bush fire management measures GRWF Project Manager Frequency 5-yearly This plan will be reviewed periodically and at least after each audit. 24

292 Appendix A Gullen Range Wind farm Bushfire Risk Management Plan RELEVANT statements of commitment SRSoC 69 Increase risk of fire ignition or spread. The substation would be surrounded by a gravel and concrete area free of vegetation to prevent the spread of fire from the substation and reduce the impact of bushfire on the structure. The substation area would also be surrounded by a security fence as a safety precaution to prevent trespassers and stock ingress. SRSoC 65 The Rural Fire Service and NSW Fire Brigade would be consulted in regard to the adequacy of bushfire prevention measures to be implemented on site during construction, operation and decommissioning. These measures would in particular cover hot-work procedures, asset protection zones, safety, communication, site access and response protocols in the event of a fire originating in the wind farm infrastructure, or in the event of an external wildfire threatening the wind farm or nearby properties. SRSoC 66 Flammable materials and ignition sources brought onto the site, such as hydrocarbons, would be handled and stored as per manufacturer s instructions. SRSoC 67 During the construction phase, appropriate fire fighting equipment would be held onsite when the fire danger is very high to extreme, and a minimum of one person on site would be trained in its use. The equipment and level of training would be determined in consultation with the local RFS. SRSoC 68 The substation facility would be bunded with a capacity exceeding the volume of the transformer oil to contain the oil in the event of a major leak or fire. The facility would be regularly inspected and maintained to ensure leaks do not present a fire hazard, and to ensure the bunded area is clear (including removing any rainwater). SRSoC 70 Asset protection zones, based on the RFS Planning for Bushfire Protection, would be maintained around the control room, sub-station and in electricity transmission easements. Workplace health and safety protocols would be developed to minimise the risk of fire for workers during construction and during maintenance in the control room and amenities. SRSoC 71 Fire extinguishers would be stored onsite in the control building and within the substation building. SRSoC 72 Shut down of turbines would commence if components reach critical temperatures or if directed by the RFS in the case of a nearby wildfire being declared (an all hours contact point would be available to the RFS during the bushfire period). Remote alarming and maintenance procedures would also be used to minimise risks. SRSoC 73 Overhead transmission easements would be periodically inspected to monitor regrowth of encroaching vegetation. I

293 Appendix B Risk Assessment Procedure B.1 Methodology The level of fire risk is determined by using a combination of likelihood and consequence. Tables B-1 and B-2 show the process used for determining each of these factors. Table B-1 Likelihood table the likelihood of an activity resulting in a bushfire. Level Descriptor Interpretation 1 Almost Certain Very likely or certain to occur. 2 Possible Not unusual, will probably occur at some time. 3 Unlikely Unusual but possible, could occur at some time. 4 Rare Remotely possible but usually in exceptional circumstances. 5 Almost No Chance Has never been known to happen anywhere, an almost impossible sequence. Table B-2 Consequence table the outcome or impact of a bushfire event. Level Description Fire Outcome Ecological Outcome Life/injury Outcome Assets Outcome Catastrophic Uncontrolled wild fire Species or ecological community extinction or seriously damaged, but could recover with concerted effort/at high cost. Death or serious injury possible Damage or destruction of public assets possible. Damage or destruction of windfarm or contractor assets potentially rendering the project non-viable. Major Large fire contained within the development boundary by emergency services Species or ecological community significantly damaged but could recover with moderate effort/cost. Death or serious injury possible Extensive damage or destruction of wind farm or contractor assets or damage or destruction of high value assets. Moderate Small fire requiring response by emergency services Some environmental damage but species and communities are likely to recover without intervention. Burns or serious injury possible Damage to wind farm or contractor assets moderate value. Minor Localised spot fire controlled by onsite personnel A small area of vegetation may be burnt. Burns possible Minor damage of wind farm or contractor assets. Insignificant Occasional spark Environmental damage unlikely. Burns unlikely Asset damage unlikely. After determining the likelihood and consequence of an activity, the level of risk is determined using the risk analysis matrix in Table B-3. A description of each of these classes is detailed in Table B.4. For further details please refer to HSE- PRC-0017 HSEQ Risk Management Procedure. 1

294 Table B-3 Risk analysis matrix Risk Assessment Matrix People Reputation Injuries or ailments not requiring medical treatment. Internal Review Minor injury or First Aid Treatment Case. Scrutiny required by internal committees or internal audit to prevent escalation. Consequence Serious injury causing hospitalisation or multiple medical treatment cases. Scrutiny required by external committees or ACT Auditor General s Office, or inquest, etc. Life threatening injury or multiple serious injuries causing hospitalisation. Intense public, political and media scrutiny. Eg: front page headlines, TV, etc. Death or multiple life threatening injuries. Assembly inquiry or Commission of inquiry or adverse national media. Business Process & Systems Minor errors in systems or processes requiring corrective action, or minor delay without impact on overall schedule. Policy procedural rule occasionally not met or services do not fully meet needs. One or more key accountability requirements not met. Inconvenient but not client welfare threatening. Strategies not consistent with Government s agenda. Trends show service is degraded. Critical system failure, bad policy advice or ongoing noncompliance. Business severely affected. Financial 1% of Budget 2.5% of Budget > 5% of Budget > 10% of Budget >25% of Budget Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic Probability: Historical: >1 in 10 Is expected to occur in most circumstances 5 Almost Certain M H H E E Likelihood 1 in in 100 1,000 Will probably occur 4 Likely M M H H E Might occur at some time in the future 3 Possible L M M H H Could occur but 1 in 1,000 10,000 doubtful 2 Unlikely L L M M H 1 in 10, ,000 May occur but only in exceptional circumstances 1 Rare L L L M M Risk Evaluation Risk evaluation is a process that is used to compare risk analysis results with risk criteria in order to determine whether or not a specified level of risk is acceptable or tolerable Risk Treatment Risk treatment may involve selecting and implementing one or more treatment options to affect the level of risk. This is performed in conjunction with tools such as the hierarchy of control to provide a structure to select the most effective control measures and eliminate or reduce the risk. Table B-4: Hierarchy of Control. When considering appropriate control measures the consultation group must consider human factors and behaviours to prevent workers taking short cuts Risk Tolerability The GOLDWIND Risk Tolerability Guideline defines the acceptability of residual risk after treatment. The criteria can often define how risks are to be reported, reviewed and who is the acceptance decision-maker. 2

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PIRMP)

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PIRMP) Established 1907 POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PIRMP) DATE: JULY 2018 Version Date Section Modified 1 July 2018 All Reason for Modification Original Management Plan Review Team MCC Environmental,

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm NGRWF-P-002_1

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm NGRWF-P-002_1 Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm NGRWF-P-002_1 January 2017 Document Control: Rev: Date: Responsible: Action: Reviewed by: Approved by: 1 15/01/2015 GWA Drafting of PIRMP

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gullen Range Wind Farm NGRWF-P-002_2 February 2018 GRWF Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (v.5) Page 1 of 29 Document Control: Rev: Date: Responsible:

More information

Clyde Junction Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Client

Clyde Junction Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Client 1/11 Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Document Title Clyde Junction Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Client Transport for NSW Client reference

More information

White Rock Wind Farm Stage 1. Construction Environmental Management Plan. Revision Date July 2016

White Rock Wind Farm Stage 1. Construction Environmental Management Plan. Revision Date July 2016 White Rock Wind Farm Stage 1 Construction Environmental Management Plan Document No. WR-PM-PLN-0007 Revision Date July 2016 Prepared by: Environmental Resources Management (ERM) For: White Rock Wind Farm

More information

Traffic Management Plan. Environmental Management and Monitoring Program. Appendix VI

Traffic Management Plan. Environmental Management and Monitoring Program. Appendix VI Traffic Management Plan Environmental Management and Monitoring Program Appendix VI Gunlake Quarries December 2009 Olsen Consulting Group Pty Ltd 6/25 Victoria Street WOLLONGONG 2500 PO Box 353 FIGTREE

More information

Pollution Incident Response Plan

Pollution Incident Response Plan Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose... 3 2.0 Scope... 3 3.0 Distribution Policy... 4 4.0 Terms and Definitions... 4 5.0 Definition of a Pollution incident... 5 6.0 Duty to report a pollution incident... 5 7.0

More information

Crudine Ridge Wind Farm

Crudine Ridge Wind Farm Crudine Ridge Wind Farm Environmental Management Strategy December 2017 FINAL Revision Control Revision Date Issue CWP Renewables Author Pty Ltd Review Approved PO Box 1708, Newcastle NSW 2300 Reference

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 I approve the project application referred to in schedule 1, subject to the conditions in schedule 2. These conditions are

More information

Murra Warra Wind Farm Project Environmental Management Plan

Murra Warra Wind Farm Project Environmental Management Plan 1. Introduction This (EMP) covers the pre-construction, construction, operation and decommissioning phases for the Murra Warra Wind Farm Project. RES Australia recognises the importance of reducing human

More information

Linfairn Wind Farm Addendum Chapter A3: Project Description

Linfairn Wind Farm Addendum Chapter A3: Project Description A3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3.1 Introduction This chapter provides a description of the changes to the Project since the ES was published. An outline Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is included

More information

Environmental Management Plan Introduction Environmental Management Objectives Structure, Implementation and Review

Environmental Management Plan Introduction Environmental Management Objectives Structure, Implementation and Review Environmental Management Plan Introduction This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared for SEF Energy Co. Ltd. for the purpose of providing a stand-alone plan for managing the potential

More information

Section 89E of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 89E of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Development Consent Section 89E of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the development application referred to in Schedule 1, subject to

More information

MINING OPERATION SERVICES

MINING OPERATION SERVICES METROMIX PTY LIMITED Lower Level Management Plan Prepared in conjunction with: MINING OPERATION SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2016 CONTENTS Page COMMONLY USED ACRONYMS... 4 1 INTRODUCTION... 5 2 APPROVED ACTIVITIES...

More information

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY ABN: 82 003 061 890 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY for the January 2018 Prepared by: R.W. CORKERY & CO. PTY. LIMITED ABN: 82 003 061 890 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY for the Prepared for: Walker

More information

Ingredion ANZ Pty Ltd

Ingredion ANZ Pty Ltd Ingredion ANZ Pty Ltd 170 Epping Road, Lane Cove, NSW 2066 EPL: 518 Page 1 of 8 1. Purpose and Background POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE The purpose of this Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP)

More information

Kurnell Terminal Demolition Project

Kurnell Terminal Demolition Project Kurnell Terminal Demolition Project Traffic Management Plan CALTEX REFINERIES (NSW) PTY LTD September 2015 Page 1 Page 2 1 Introduction... 5 1.1 Legislative and Other Requirements... 6 2 Objectives...

More information

Memorandum of Understanding

Memorandum of Understanding Memorandum of Understanding between the NSW Ministry of Health and Sydney Water Corporation July 2016 MoU between Sydney Water and NSW Ministry of Health - July 2016 Page 1 of 11 1. Introduction and purpose

More information

Sydney Port Botany Terminal 3 Project Out of Hours Works Protocol

Sydney Port Botany Terminal 3 Project Out of Hours Works Protocol 1/11 Terms and Definitions The following terms, abbreviations and definitions are used in this plan: Terms Explanation SPBT3 Sydney Port Botany Terminal 3 CEMP EM EPA ERAP OEH PAH OOHWP EIS MCoA Distribution

More information

Gunlake Quarry. Noise and Blast Management Plan

Gunlake Quarry. Noise and Blast Management Plan Gunlake Quarry Noise and Blast Management Plan August 2015 Table of Contents 1. Introduction 3 1.1 Overview 3 1.2 Aims and Objectives 3 2. Noise Criteria 3 2.1 Operational Noise Assessment Criteria 3 2.2

More information

10.0 Environmental protection, follow-up and monitoring

10.0 Environmental protection, follow-up and monitoring 10.0 Environmental protection, follow-up and monitoring 10.1 Introduction Manitoba Hydro will implement the mitigation measures, monitoring and other follow-up actions identified in chapter 8 through an

More information

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK APPENDIX D Contents 1 Introduction... 1 1.1 Purpose and Scope... 1 1.2 Status... 1 1.3 Environment and Sustainability Policy... 1 1.4 Project Description...

More information

STATE SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT Metz Solar Farm (SSD 7931)

STATE SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT Metz Solar Farm (SSD 7931) STATE SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT Metz Solar Farm (SSD 7931) 1. BACKGROUND Infinergy Pacific (the Applicant) proposes to develop a new 100 megawatt (MW) solar farm near Armidale in the Armidale

More information

ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT

ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT ORICA KURRI KURRI ANE PLANT ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT JULY 2014 Revision Date Description Author Approver 0 2014 Annual Environmental Report D Horne Manufacturing Superintendent Kurri R Powell

More information

Management Plan. Environmental Management Strategy

Management Plan. Environmental Management Strategy 3-3544 No. 9 31 Oct 18 PSE Manager Management Plan Environmental Management Strategy Risk Statement: High This document will be reviewed on a yearly basis, unless a process change occurs earlier than this

More information

UNDERGROUND OPERATION

UNDERGROUND OPERATION UNDERGROUND OPERATION Approved Mine Manager Date: Environmental Adviser Date: Integra Coal Underground ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 GENERAL 5 C:\Users\oshan\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\Temporary

More information

Construction Environment Management Plan

Construction Environment Management Plan Construction Environment Management Plan Guidance Material July 2013 ABSTRACT This CEMP guidance material has been prepared by MAC to assist the identification and management of environmental risks associated

More information

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PUBLIC)

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PUBLIC) Environmental Management System Integra Coal Operations Pty Ltd POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN (PUBLIC) 2012 Doc No: Doc Owner: EMP_2014-2 Environmental Advisor Integra Coal Operations Approval:

More information

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY CORAKI QUARRY ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY Prepared for: Quarry Solutions Pty Ltd Date: November 2017 File Ref: 1837_610_006 R1 Resources Environment Planning Laboratories www.groundwork.com.au Page

More information

GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS CS-ENV-08

GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS CS-ENV-08 CS ENERGY PROCEDURE FOR GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS CS-ENV-08 Responsible Officer: Manager Environment Approved: Executive General Manager Asset Strategy DOCUMENT HISTORY Date

More information

White Rock Wind Farm Project update Community Consultative Committee 3 August 2017

White Rock Wind Farm Project update Community Consultative Committee 3 August 2017 White Rock Wind Farm Project update Community Consultative Committee 3 August 2017 1 Content 1. Project overview 2. Indicative timeline 3. Alternative powerline connection 4. Transportation of turbine

More information

Traffic Management Plan

Traffic Management Plan Parkes PV power plant Traffic Management Plan Doc ID: PL-HS-02 Rev No.: 1 Rev Date: 10/02/2017 Prepared By: Benoit Arsac Construction Manager BYCA Reviewed by: Philippe Nguyen Senior Project Manager BYCA

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan - Summary. Medway Mine Medway

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan - Summary. Medway Mine Medway Pollution Incident Response Management Plan - Summary Medway Mine Medway Table of Contents 1. General Information... 3 1.1 Foreword... 3 1.2 Background and legislative requirements... 3 1.3 Definition

More information

WINGECARRIBEE SHIRE COUNCIL Southern Regional Livestock Exchange POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN

WINGECARRIBEE SHIRE COUNCIL Southern Regional Livestock Exchange POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN WINGECARRIBEE SHIRE COUNCIL Southern Regional Livestock Exchange POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN 1. Introduction This Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP) has been prepared to

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning, the Planning Assessment Commission approves the project application referred

More information

NOISE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

NOISE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY NOISE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY For Boggabri Tarrawonga Maules Creek Complex M A Y 2017 Idemitsu Australia Resources Pty Limited Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd Whitehaven Coal Limited Tarrawonga Coal Pty Ltd,

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Gunnedah Quarry Products Pty Ltd Prepared by Tim MacKellar, Gunnedah Quarry Products Document created 13.10.13 Reviewed 10.10.14 Reviewed 12.10.15 Reviewed 02.02.18

More information

6 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHOD

6 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHOD 6 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHOD ENTER HERE BACK TO CONTENTS 6 Impact Assessment Method This chapter outlines the methods employed within the EIS specialist technical studies to undertake an assessment of potential

More information

Conditions of Approval for the MDP for the brickworks at Perth Airport

Conditions of Approval for the MDP for the brickworks at Perth Airport Conditions of Approval for the MDP for the brickworks at Perth Airport Definitions In this document, unless a contrary intention appears, the terms below have the meanings given to them: AES means Airport

More information

ARDILL PAYNE & P a r t n e r s ABN:

ARDILL PAYNE & P a r t n e r s   ABN: ARDILL PAYNE & P a r t n e r s www.ardillpayne.com.au e:info@ardillpayne.com.au ABN: 51 808 558 977 POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN Submission to: NSW Environment Protection Authority At: Lot

More information

As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the project referred to in schedule 1, subject to the conditions in schedules 2 to 5.

As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the project referred to in schedule 1, subject to the conditions in schedules 2 to 5. Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the project referred to in schedule 1, subject to the conditions in

More information

Stage 2: WestConnex M5 King Georges Road Interchange Upgrade. Appendix B7 Construction Waste Management Plan

Stage 2: WestConnex M5 King Georges Road Interchange Upgrade. Appendix B7 Construction Waste Management Plan Stage 2: WestConnex M5 King Georges Road Interchange Upgrade Appendix B7 Construction Waste Management Plan JULY 2016 DOCUMENT CONTROL File name Report name CEMP App B7 CWMP Rev D Construction Waste Management

More information

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN Southern Oil Refining Pty Ltd 42 Lewington St. Bomen. NSW. 2650 Table of Contents 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Facility details 1.2 Overview of Operations 1.3 Plan Objectives

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Lot 3 DP 619374, and Lots 102, 103, 110, 120 DP 755418 Buckaroo Lane, Mudgee Pollution Incident Response Plan 1 Oct 2012 Oct 2013 Minespex B Murdoch 2 Feb 2014

More information

Chatswood to Sydenham CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

Chatswood to Sydenham CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Chatswood to Sydenham CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Contents 1 Introduction... 1 1.1 Purpose and Scope... 1 1.2 Status... 1 1.3 Environment and Sustainability Policy... 1 1.4 Project

More information

DRAFT FOR CONSULTATION OCTOBER 7, 2014

DRAFT FOR CONSULTATION OCTOBER 7, 2014 The Board has authorized the release of this document for consultation purposes to seek feedback on its content. It has not endorsed the content of the draft, and the Committee on Development Effectiveness

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Pollution Incident Response Management Plan 1 Document Control Revision Date Reason for review Nature of amendment Approved by 01 Aug 2015 New format Align with legislative requirements 02 Aug 2016 Annual

More information

Final Draft Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) for the Proposed Installation of a Gas Fired Heat Treatment Furnace at Scaw Metals High Chrome

Final Draft Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) for the Proposed Installation of a Gas Fired Heat Treatment Furnace at Scaw Metals High Chrome Final Draft Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) for the Proposed Installation of a Gas Fired Heat Treatment Furnace at Scaw Metals High Chrome Ball Plant in Germiston A Report For: Scaw South Africa

More information

Gunlake Quarry. Air Quality Management Plan

Gunlake Quarry. Air Quality Management Plan Gunlake Quarry Air Quality Management Plan August 2015 Table of Contents 1. Introduction 3 1.1 Overview 3 1.2 Aims and Objectives 3 2. Air Quality Criteria 3 2.1 Impact Assessment Criteria 4 2.2 Sources

More information

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Waste Management Plan CALTEX REFINERIES (NSW) PTY LTD January 2014 Page 1 1 INTRODUCTION Caltex propose to convert the petroleum refinery in Kurnell (the Site ) to a

More information

ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT

ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT ORICA KURRI KURRI ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REPORT JULY 2011 Revision Date Description Author Approver 0 25/07/2011 2011 Annual Environmental Report K Millard Environmental Advisor N Davies Project

More information

BEVERAGE CANS REVESBY

BEVERAGE CANS REVESBY BEVERAGE CANS REVESBY POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN Environment Protection Authority License 643 Item ID: 8409 Version: 1.2 Page 1 of 16 1.0 OVERVIEW AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS This Pollution

More information

Appendix B6 Construction Heritage Management Plan

Appendix B6 Construction Heritage Management Plan Appendix B6 Project: Keepit Dam Work Package 2 - Post Tensioning Works Location: Keepit Dam, Namoi River, Northern NSW Client: WaterNSW Contract: 04532F31 Page 2 of 21 Document Acceptance and Release Notice

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning and Infrastructure, I approve the project application referred to in schedule 1,

More information

Date of Inspection 10 August 2017 Location of Inspection Manildra Solar Farm. ER Demelza Scott Proponent Representative Bjorn Schultz

Date of Inspection 10 August 2017 Location of Inspection Manildra Solar Farm. ER Demelza Scott Proponent Representative Bjorn Schultz Manildra Solar Farm ER Site Inspection Report Manildra Solar Farm Construction Environmental Representative (ER) Inspection Report For internal project use only. Document not for external release or use.

More information

Specifications. Level 1 Essential Energy Works for the Warialda Truck Wash

Specifications. Level 1 Essential Energy Works for the Warialda Truck Wash Specifications Request for Quotation (RFQ) RFQ Title RFQ Number Level 1 Essential Energy Works for the Warialda Truck Wash GWY_1819_Q03 Issue Date 21st December 2018 This document contains the specification

More information

Intermodal Logistics Centre at Enfield Environmental Assessment CHAPTER 21 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

Intermodal Logistics Centre at Enfield Environmental Assessment CHAPTER 21 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Intermodal Logistics Centre at Enfield Environmental Assessment CHAPTER 21 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION October 2005 Measures Contents 21. 21-1 21.1 Introduction 21-1 21.2 Construction 21-1

More information

SCHEDULE 1. SSD 7036 Quarry Solutions PtY Ltd Minister for Planning

SCHEDULE 1. SSD 7036 Quarry Solutions PtY Ltd Minister for Planning Development Gonsent Section 89E of the Environmental Planning andassessmenú Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the development application referred to in Schedule 1, subject to

More information

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Contamination Management Plan CALTEX REFINERIES (NSW) PTY LTD January 2014 Page 1 1 INTRODUCTION Caltex propose to convert the petroleum refinery in Kurnell (the Site

More information

Out of hours works protocol

Out of hours works protocol Out of hours works protocol March 2017 Document control File name TNR3N_OOH_Work _Protocol_Rev2 Report name Out of hours works protocol Revision number 2 Revision history Revision Date Description Approval

More information

OPERATION PHASE: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

OPERATION PHASE: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME OPERA PHASE: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGENT PROGRAMME 1. OBJECTIVE The overall goal for the Environmental Programme (O) is to ensure that the operation of the wind energy facility (WEF) does not have unforeseen

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 I approve the project referred to in schedule 1, subject to the conditions in schedules 2 to 5. These conditions are required

More information

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE Table of Contents Section 1. POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE 1. Process..2 2. Definition of Pollution Incident..3 3. Description and Likelihood of hazards..3 4. Pre-emptive actions to be taken.4 5. Inventory

More information

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (EMS)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (EMS) Established 1907 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (EMS) APPROVED BY MSC DATE: JUNE 2017 Version 1 2 3 Date February 2005 December 2010 December 2015 Section Modified All All All 4 June 2017 All Reason

More information

JBS Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

JBS Pollution Incident Response Management Plan JBS Pollution Incident Response Management Plan JBS Australia Pty Limited Prime City Feedlot, NSW Document Owner Troy White, Group Environment Manager Printed copies of this document are deemed uncontrolled

More information

Construction Management Plan (CMP) 227 Princess Highway, Dandenong

Construction Management Plan (CMP) 227 Princess Highway, Dandenong Construction Management Plan (CMP) 227 Princess Highway, Dandenong - Construction Management Plan (CMP) June 2017 S2966 CMP.D2 PREPARED BY: Sustainable Development Consultants 2nd Floor, 555 Riversdale

More information

Traffic Management Plan. for the. Dargues Gold Mine

Traffic Management Plan. for the. Dargues Gold Mine for the for the Diversified Minerals Pty Ltd ABN: 22 603 135 584 Level 10, 56 Pitt Street SYDNEY NSW 2000 Telephone: (02) 8272 4100 Email: info@divminerals.com.au Big Island Mining Limited ABN: 12 112

More information

DURALIE COAL MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

DURALIE COAL MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN DURALIE COAL MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN DISTRIBUTION SUMMARY Section/Page/ Annexure Revision Number Amendment/Addition Distribution DP&E Approval Date All A Original DP&I March 2011 All WMP-R02-A Edits

More information

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project

Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Kurnell Refinery Conversion Project Air Quality Management Plan CALTEX REFINERIES (NSW) PTY LTD January 2014 Page 1 1 INTRODUCTION Caltex propose to convert the petroleum refinery in Kurnell (the Site

More information

Section 89E of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Section 89E of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 Development Consent Section 89E of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning, I approve the development application referred to in Schedule 1, subject

More information

Council Roadside Reserves Project. Site Management Checklists and Safeguards

Council Roadside Reserves Project. Site Management Checklists and Safeguards Council Roadside Reserves Project Site Management Checklists and Safeguards Introduction These slides cover An introduction to checklists and safeguards Example pre-construction checklist Practical safeguards

More information

Chapter 13 Management and Monitoring

Chapter 13 Management and Monitoring Chapter 13 Management and Monitoring TABLE OF CONTENTS 13 MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING... 13-1 13.1 Introduction... 13-1 13.2 Construction Phase Roles and Responsibilities... 13-1 13.2.1 BP... 13-1 13.2.2

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning and Infrastructure, I approve the project application referred to in schedule 1,

More information

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Control Title: General Description: Document Path: Construction Environmental Management Plan Document No/Ref: NCX-LLB-07-0001-NN-PL-0001 Revision History Revision Date Description Section/Page

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 I approve the project application referred to in Schedule 1, subject to the conditions in Schedules 2 to 4. These conditions

More information

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan. Newell Highway Trewilga Realignment

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan. Newell Highway Trewilga Realignment Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Newell Highway Trewilga Realignment Contents 1 Introduction... 2 1.1 Purpose and scope... 2 2 Statutory requirements... 3 2.1 Project approval... 3 2.2 Protection

More information

9.0 Environmental Protection Program

9.0 Environmental Protection Program 9.0 Environmental Protection Program 9.1.1 Overview Manitoba Hydro s Environmental Protection Program (EPP) provides the framework for the delivery, management and monitoring of environmental and socio-economic

More information

WORK IN THE VICINITY OF UNDERGROUND ASSETS

WORK IN THE VICINITY OF UNDERGROUND ASSETS CONTRACTOR WHS HAZARD STANDARD WORK IN THE VICINITY OF UNDERGROUND ASSETS EXTERNAL USE ONLY Principles in the Optus Contractor WHS management process CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT STAGES PRINCIPLES THIS STANDARD

More information

OPTUS SUPPLIER WORK HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY

OPTUS SUPPLIER WORK HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY OPTUS SUPPLIER WORK HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY 1. Introduction 1.1 SCOPE & PURPOSE This policy (which includes this document and the work health and safety standards, policies, procedures and safety control

More information

Big Thunder Wind Park

Big Thunder Wind Park Construction Plan Report DRAFT Prepared by: M.K. Ince and Associates Ltd. May 18, 2010 TABLE OF CONTENTS BIG THUNDER WIND PARK... 1 1 PROJECT OVERVIEW... 1 1.1 PROJECT SCHEDULE... 2 2 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES...

More information

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN. Merah North Gin Environment Protection Licence Namoi Cotton Limited

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN. Merah North Gin Environment Protection Licence Namoi Cotton Limited POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN Merah North Gin Environment Protection Licence 10861 Namoi Cotton Limited (PUBLIC INFORMATION) P a g e 1 1. FACILITY DETAILS The Facility details are as follows:

More information

Surface water run-off from the operational areas has the potential to provide a pathway for contamination to reach the waters of Twofold Bay.

Surface water run-off from the operational areas has the potential to provide a pathway for contamination to reach the waters of Twofold Bay. Page 1 of 9 1. Background Australian Marshalling Services (AMS) operates a chipmill and export facility on behalf of Allied Natural Wood Exports P/L on the shores of Twofold Bay at Eden on the far south

More information

Canadian Solar Developers Ltd.

Canadian Solar Developers Ltd. Canadian Solar Developers Ltd. Type of Document Draft Report Project Name Proposed Ground Mount Solar Facility L.P #5 8338 Scotchmere Drive, Strathroy, ON OPA FIT Program: FIT-FL67GB5 Project Number V00002250-00

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 As delegate of the Minister for Planning and Infrastructure, the Planning and Assessment Commission of NSW approves the

More information

WAMBO COAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

WAMBO COAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY WAMBO COAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY Document No. WA-ENV-MNP-501 March 2018 Document Control Document No. Title General Description Document Owner WA-ENV-MNP-501 Outlines the strategic context

More information

Pollution Incident Response Plan

Pollution Incident Response Plan Procedure Pollution Incident Response Plan Table of Contents Pollution Incident Response Plan... 2 1 Purpose & Scope... 2 2 Process... 2 2.1 Definition of Pollution Incident...2 2.2 Description and Likelihood

More information

KENT BREEZE WIND FARMS

KENT BREEZE WIND FARMS Decommissioning Plan Report MAY 2010 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION... 1 2. DECOMMISSIONING PROCESS DESCRIPTION... 2 3. SITE RESTORATION... 3 4. EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT... 4 5. MANAGING

More information

Procedure. Work Health and Safety Contractor Management. Document number: PRO Rev no. Description Process Owner Approved for issue

Procedure. Work Health and Safety Contractor Management. Document number: PRO Rev no. Description Process Owner Approved for issue Procedure Work Health and Safety Contractor Management Document number: PRO-00808 This document is the property of Seqwater. It must not be copied or reproduced in any way whatsoever without the authority

More information

Bass Point Quarry. Environmental Management Strategy. Bass Point Quarry Environmental Management Strategy

Bass Point Quarry. Environmental Management Strategy. Bass Point Quarry Environmental Management Strategy Bass Point Quarry Environmental Management Strategy Bass Point Quarry Environmental Management Strategy July 2014 Table of Contents Table of Contents... 1 List of Figures... 2 List of Tables... 2 1.0 Introduction...

More information

Chapter 13 Management and Implementation

Chapter 13 Management and Implementation Chapter 13 Management and Implementation TABLE OF CONTENTS 13 MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING... 13-1 13.1 Introduction... 13-1 13.2 Overview of AGT Region Operating Management System... 13-1 13.3 Construction

More information

MOREE SOLAR FARM CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PREPARED FOR: PREPARED BY:

MOREE SOLAR FARM CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PREPARED FOR: PREPARED BY: MOREE SOLAR FARM CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PREPARED FOR: PREPARED BY: 11 DECEMBER 2014 MOREE SOLAR FARM CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN VERSION: FINAL (3) DATE: 11/12/14 Report

More information

Air Quality Management Plan

Air Quality Management Plan Strength. Performance. Passion. Jandra Quarry Holcim Australia Pty. Ltd. 2015 Holcim Country Company Name 1 CONTENTS 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 3 3.1 3.2 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 5 5.1 5.2 6 6.1 6.2 7 8 8.1

More information

Annex L. Project Risk Analysis Matrix

Annex L. Project Risk Analysis Matrix Annex L Project Risk Analysis Matrix L1 Table L1 Project Environmental Risk Analysis Local Road upgrades: Loss/damage cultural heritage values Low Acceptable Loss/damage of biodiversity value, EEC Construction

More information

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN. Moomin Gin Environment Protection Licence Namoi Cotton Limited

POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN. Moomin Gin Environment Protection Licence Namoi Cotton Limited POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PLAN Moomin Gin Environment Protection Licence 10859 Namoi Cotton Limited (PUBLIC INFORMATION) P a g e 1 1. FACILITY DETAILS The Facility details are as follows:

More information

Traffic Management Plan

Traffic Management Plan Traffic Management Plan Doc ID: PL-HS-02 Rev No.: 05 Rev Date: 10/03/2017 Prepared By: Cyril Gendre Construction Manager Reviewed by: Philippe Nguyen Project Manager Approved By: Marie Chuet Project Director

More information

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979

Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 Project Approval Section 75J of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 As delegate for the Minister for Planning and Infrastructure, I approve the project application referred to in Schedule

More information

Environment Plan Sydney Water s objectives, targets and actions to protect the environment and enhance the liveability of our communities.

Environment Plan Sydney Water s objectives, targets and actions to protect the environment and enhance the liveability of our communities. Environment Plan 18 Sydney Water s objectives, targets and actions to protect the environment and enhance the liveability of our communities. Environment Plan 18 Introduction Sydney Water s vision is to

More information

For controlled copies of this EMS the copy number is shown below and initialled in Red by the Light Horse Business Centre Project Manager.

For controlled copies of this EMS the copy number is shown below and initialled in Red by the Light Horse Business Centre Project Manager. LHBC Old Wallgrove Road, Eastern Creek Environmental Management Strategy (EMS) Aboriginal Heritage Plan June 2011 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (EMS) ABORIGINAL HERITAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN Former QUARRY

More information

Oberon Quarries Pty Limited BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN. Oberon Quarry FINAL

Oberon Quarries Pty Limited BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN. Oberon Quarry FINAL Oberon Quarries Pty Limited BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN Oberon Quarry FINAL May 2016 Oberon Quarries Pty Limited BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN Oberon Quarry FINAL Prepared by Umwelt (Australia) Pty Limited on behalf

More information

Crudine Ridge Wind Farm Preliminary Environmental Assessment February 2011

Crudine Ridge Wind Farm Preliminary Environmental Assessment February 2011 Crudine Ridge Wind Farm Preliminary Environmental Assessment February 2011 Document Control Revision Date Description Author Reviewed Approved A Feb 2011 Final EM AM EM Prepared by Wind Prospect CWP Pty

More information